]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Minor change.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @c Maintenance notes:
14 @c 1. Pay attention to @FIXME{}s and @UNREVISED{}s
15 @c 2. Before creating final variant:
16 @c 2.1. Run `make check-options' to make sure all options are properly
17 @c documented;
18 @c 2.2. Run `make master-menu' (see comment before the master menu).
19
20 @include rendition.texi
21 @include value.texi
22
23 @defcodeindex op
24 @defcodeindex kw
25
26 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
27 @syncodeindex fn cp
28 @syncodeindex ky cp
29 @syncodeindex pg cp
30 @syncodeindex vr cp
31 @syncodeindex kw cp
32
33 @copying
34
35 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
36 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
37 from archives.
38
39 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
40 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
41
42 @quotation
43 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
44 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
45 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
46 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
47 and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license
48 is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
49
50 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
51 copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
52 supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
53 @end quotation
54 @end copying
55
56 @dircategory Archiving
57 @direntry
58 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
59 @end direntry
60
61 @dircategory Individual utilities
62 @direntry
63 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
64 @end direntry
65
66 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
67
68 @titlepage
69 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
70 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
71 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
72
73 @page
74 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
75 @insertcopying
76 @end titlepage
77
78 @ifnottex
79 @node Top
80 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
81
82 @insertcopying
83
84 @cindex file archival
85 @cindex archiving files
86
87 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
88 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
89 @end ifnottex
90
91 @c The master menu goes here.
92 @c
93 @c NOTE: To update it from within Emacs, make sure mastermenu.el is
94 @c loaded and run texinfo-master-menu.
95 @c To update it from the command line, run
96 @c
97 @c make master-menu
98
99 @menu
100 * Introduction::
101 * Tutorial::
102 * tar invocation::
103 * operations::
104 * Backups::
105 * Choosing::
106 * Date input formats::
107 * Formats::
108 * Media::
109
110 Appendices
111
112 * Changes::
113 * Configuring Help Summary::
114 * Fixing Snapshot Files::
115 * Tar Internals::
116 * Genfile::
117 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
118 * Copying This Manual::
119 * Index of Command Line Options::
120 * Index::
121
122 @detailmenu
123 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
124
125 Introduction
126
127 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
128 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
129 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
130 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
131 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
132 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
133
134 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
135
136 * assumptions::
137 * stylistic conventions::
138 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
139 * frequent operations::
140 * Two Frequent Options::
141 * create:: How to Create Archives
142 * list:: How to List Archives
143 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
144 * going further::
145
146 Two Frequently Used Options
147
148 * file tutorial::
149 * verbose tutorial::
150 * help tutorial::
151
152 How to Create Archives
153
154 * prepare for examples::
155 * Creating the archive::
156 * create verbose::
157 * short create::
158 * create dir::
159
160 How to List Archives
161
162 * list dir::
163
164 How to Extract Members from an Archive
165
166 * extracting archives::
167 * extracting files::
168 * extract dir::
169 * extracting untrusted archives::
170 * failing commands::
171
172 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
173
174 * Synopsis::
175 * using tar options::
176 * Styles::
177 * All Options::
178 * help::
179 * defaults::
180 * verbose::
181 * checkpoints::
182 * warnings::
183 * interactive::
184
185 The Three Option Styles
186
187 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
188 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
189 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
190 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
191
192 All @command{tar} Options
193
194 * Operation Summary::
195 * Option Summary::
196 * Short Option Summary::
197
198 @GNUTAR{} Operations
199
200 * Basic tar::
201 * Advanced tar::
202 * create options::
203 * extract options::
204 * backup::
205 * Applications::
206 * looking ahead::
207
208 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
209
210 * Operations::
211 * append::
212 * update::
213 * concatenate::
214 * delete::
215 * compare::
216
217 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
218
219 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
220 * multiple::
221
222 Updating an Archive
223
224 * how to update::
225
226 Options Used by @option{--create}
227
228 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
229 * Ignore Failed Read::
230
231 Options Used by @option{--extract}
232
233 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
234 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
235 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 Options to Help Read Archives
238
239 * read full records::
240 * Ignore Zeros::
241
242 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
243
244 * Dealing with Old Files::
245 * Overwrite Old Files::
246 * Keep Old Files::
247 * Keep Newer Files::
248 * Unlink First::
249 * Recursive Unlink::
250 * Data Modification Times::
251 * Setting Access Permissions::
252 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
253 * Writing to Standard Output::
254 * Writing to an External Program::
255 * remove files::
256
257 Coping with Scarce Resources
258
259 * Starting File::
260 * Same Order::
261
262 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
263
264 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
265 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
266 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
267 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
268 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
269 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
270
271 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
272
273 * General-Purpose Variables::
274 * Magnetic Tape Control::
275 * User Hooks::
276 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
277
278 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
279
280 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
281 * Selecting Archive Members::
282 * files:: Reading Names from a File
283 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
284 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
285 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
286 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
287 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
288 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
289 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
290
291 Reading Names from a File
292
293 * nul::
294
295 Excluding Some Files
296
297 * problems with exclude::
298
299 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
300
301 * controlling pattern-matching::
302
303 Crossing File System Boundaries
304
305 * directory:: Changing Directory
306 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
307
308 Date input formats
309
310 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
311 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
312 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
313 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}.
314 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
315 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
316 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
317 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
318 * Specifying time zone rules:: TZ="America/New_York", TZ="UTC0".
319 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
320
321 Controlling the Archive Format
322
323 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
324 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
325 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
326 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
327
328 Using Less Space through Compression
329
330 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
331 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
332
333 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
334
335 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
336 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
337 * hard links:: Hard Links
338 * old:: Old V7 Archives
339 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
340 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
341 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
342 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
343 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
344 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
345 Other @command{tar} Implementations
346
347 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
348
349 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
350
351 How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
352
353 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
354 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
355
356 Tapes and Other Archive Media
357
358 * Device:: Device selection and switching
359 * Remote Tape Server::
360 * Common Problems and Solutions::
361 * Blocking:: Blocking
362 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
363 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
364 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
365 * verify::
366 * Write Protection::
367
368 Blocking
369
370 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
371 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
372
373 Many Archives on One Tape
374
375 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
376 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
377
378 Using Multiple Tapes
379
380 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
381 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
382 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
383
384
385 Tar Internals
386
387 * Standard:: Basic Tar Format
388 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
389 * Sparse Formats:: Storing Sparse Files
390 * Snapshot Files::
391 * Dumpdir::
392
393 Storing Sparse Files
394
395 * Old GNU Format::
396 * PAX 0:: PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
397 * PAX 1:: PAX Format, Version 1.0
398
399 Genfile
400
401 * Generate Mode:: File Generation Mode.
402 * Status Mode:: File Status Mode.
403 * Exec Mode:: Synchronous Execution mode.
404
405 Copying This Manual
406
407 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
408
409 @end detailmenu
410 @end menu
411
412 @node Introduction
413 @chapter Introduction
414
415 @GNUTAR{} creates
416 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
417 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
418 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
419 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
420 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
421
422 @menu
423 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
424 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
425 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
426 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
427 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
428 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
429 @end menu
430
431 @node Book Contents
432 @section What this Book Contains
433
434 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
435 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
436 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
437 or comments.
438
439 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
440 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
441 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
442 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
443 progressive order, building on information already explained.
444
445 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
446 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
447 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
448 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
449 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
450 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
451 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
452 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
453 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
454 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
455
456 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
457 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
458
459 The other chapters are meant to be used as a reference. Each chapter
460 presents everything that needs to be said about a specific topic.
461
462 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
463 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
464 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
465 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
466
467 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
468 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
469 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
470 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
471 indicate this.)
472
473 @node Definitions
474 @section Some Definitions
475
476 @cindex archive
477 @cindex tar archive
478 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
479 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
480 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
481 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
482 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
483 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
484 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
485 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
486
487 @cindex member
488 @cindex archive member
489 @cindex file name
490 @cindex member name
491 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
492 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
493 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
494 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
495 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
496 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
497 archive.
498
499 @cindex extraction
500 @cindex unpacking
501 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
502 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
503 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
504 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
505 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
506 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
507 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
508 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
509 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
510 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
511 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
512
513 @node What tar Does
514 @section What @command{tar} Does
515
516 @cindex tar
517 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
518 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
519 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
520 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
521 stored.
522
523 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
524 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
525 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
526 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
527 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
528
529 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
530 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
531
532 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work.}
533 @table @asis
534 @item Storage
535 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
536 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
537 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
538 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
539 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
540 unit.
541
542 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
543 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
544 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
545 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
546 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
547 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
548 archives useful.
549
550 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
551 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
552 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
553 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
554 all dimensions, even time!)
555
556 @item Backup
557 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
558 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
559 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
560 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
561 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
562 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
563 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
564 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
565 file system.
566
567 @item Transportation
568 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
569 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
570 files from one system to another.
571 @end table
572
573 @node Naming tar Archives
574 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
575
576 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
577 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
578 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
579 it and to make examples more clear.
580
581 @cindex tar file
582 @cindex entry
583 @cindex tar entry
584 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
585 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
586 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
587 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
588 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
589
590 @node Authors
591 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
592
593 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
594 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
595 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
596 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
597 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
598 numerous and kind users.
599
600 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
601 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
602 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
603 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
604 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
605
606 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
607 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
608 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
609 i'll think about it.}
610
611 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
612 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
613
614 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
615 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
616 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
617 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
618 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
619 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
620 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
621 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
622 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
623
624 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
625 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
626
627 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
628 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
629 active development and maintenance work has started
630 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
631 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
632
633 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
634
635 @node Reports
636 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
637
638 @cindex bug reports
639 @cindex reporting bugs
640 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
641 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
642
643 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
644 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
645 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
646 manual}.
647
648 @node Tutorial
649 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
650
651 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
652 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
653 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
654 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
655 details about how @command{tar} works.
656
657 @menu
658 * assumptions::
659 * stylistic conventions::
660 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
661 * frequent operations::
662 * Two Frequent Options::
663 * create:: How to Create Archives
664 * list:: How to List Archives
665 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
666 * going further::
667 @end menu
668
669 @node assumptions
670 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
671
672 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
673 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
674 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
675 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
676 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
677
678 @itemize @bullet
679 @item
680 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
681 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
682 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
683 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
684 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
685 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
686 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
687 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
688 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
689 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
690 input, what various definitions of the term @samp{argument} mean, and the
691 differences between relative and absolute file names. @FIXME{and what
692 else?}
693
694 @item
695 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
696 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
697 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show file names,
698 we will assume that those names are relative to your home directory.
699 For example, my home directory is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
700 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that file
701 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
702
703 @item
704 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
705 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
706 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
707 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
708 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
709 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
710 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
711 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
712 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
713
714 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
715 @end itemize
716
717 @node stylistic conventions
718 @section Stylistic Conventions
719
720 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
721 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
722 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
723 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
724 sometimes @samp{like this}.
725
726 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
727 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
728
729 @node basic tar options
730 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
731
732 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
733 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
734 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
735 operations, and options.
736
737 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
738 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
739 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
740 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
741 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
742 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
743
744 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
745 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
746 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
747 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
748 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
749 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
750
751 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
752 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
753 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
754 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
755 corresponding abbreviations. We will indicate those abbreviations
756 appropriately to get you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old
757 style'' option forms exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
758 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
759 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
760 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Long Options}, and
761 @pxref{Short Options}).
762
763 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
764 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
765 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
766 For example, instead of typing
767
768 @smallexample
769 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
770 @end smallexample
771
772 @noindent
773 you can type
774 @smallexample
775 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
776 @end smallexample
777
778 @noindent
779 or even
780 @smallexample
781 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
782 @end smallexample
783
784 @noindent
785 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
786 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
787 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
788
789 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
790 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
791 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
792 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
793 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
794 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
795 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
796
797 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
798 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
799 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
800 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
801 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc.). However,
802 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
803 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
804 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
805 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
806 intends.
807
808 @node frequent operations
809 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
810
811 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
812 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
813 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
814 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
815
816 @table @option
817 @item --create
818 @itemx -c
819 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
820 @item --list
821 @itemx -t
822 List the contents of an archive.
823 @item --extract
824 @itemx -x
825 Extract one or more members from an archive.
826 @end table
827
828 @node Two Frequent Options
829 @section Two Frequently Used Options
830
831 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
832 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
833 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
834 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
835 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
836 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
837
838 @menu
839 * file tutorial::
840 * verbose tutorial::
841 * help tutorial::
842 @end menu
843
844 @node file tutorial
845 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
846
847 @table @option
848 @xopindex{file, tutorial}
849 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
850 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
851 Specify the name of an archive file.
852 @end table
853
854 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
855 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
856 that @command{tar} will work on.
857
858 @vrindex TAPE
859 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
860 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
861 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
862 default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
863 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
864 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
865 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
866 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
867 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
868 of the following:
869
870 @smallexample
871 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
872 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
873 @end smallexample
874
875 @noindent
876 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
877 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
878 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
879 @ref{file}.
880
881 @node verbose tutorial
882 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
883
884 @table @option
885 @xopindex{verbose, introduced}
886 @item --verbose
887 @itemx -v
888 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
889 @end table
890
891 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
892 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
893 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
894 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
895 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
896 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
897 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
898 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
899 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
900 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
901
902 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
903 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
904 specify it twice.
905
906 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
907 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
908 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
909 @command{ls} style member listing.
910
911 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
912 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
913 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
914 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
915 enable the full listing.
916
917 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
918
919 @smallexample
920 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 apple
922 angst
923 aspic
924 @end smallexample
925
926 @noindent
927 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
928
929 @smallexample
930 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
931 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
932 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
933 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
934 @end smallexample
935
936 @noindent
937 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
938 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
939 twice, like this:
940
941 @smallexample
942 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
943 @end smallexample
944
945 @noindent
946 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
947
948 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
949 --verbose}}.
950
951 @anchor{verbose member listing}
952 The full output consists of six fields:
953
954 @itemize @bullet
955 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
956 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
957 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
958 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
959
960 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
961 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
962 archive), numeric @acronym{ID} values are printed instead.
963
964 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
965
966 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
967
968 @item File modification time.
969
970 @item File name.
971 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
972 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
973 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
974 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
975
976 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
977 additional information, described in the following table:
978
979 @table @samp
980 @item -> @var{link-name}
981 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
982 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
983
984 @item link to @var{link-name}
985 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
986 the name of file it links to.
987
988 @item --Long Link--
989 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
990 not encounter this.
991
992 @item --Long Name--
993 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
994 not encounter this.
995
996 @item --Volume Header--
997 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
998
999 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
1000 Encountered only at the beginning of a multi-volume archive
1001 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
1002 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
1003 the original file was split.
1004
1005 @item unknown file type @var{c}
1006 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
1007 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
1008 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
1009 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
1010 @end table
1011
1012 @end itemize
1013
1014 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
1015 suffixes explained above:
1016
1017 @smallexample
1018 @group
1019 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
1020 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at
1021 byte 32456--
1022 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
1023 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
1024 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
1025 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
1026 @end group
1027 @end smallexample
1028
1029 @smallexample
1030 @end smallexample
1031
1032 @node help tutorial
1033 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1034
1035 @table @option
1036 @opindex help
1037 @item --help
1038
1039 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1040 all operations and option available for the current version of
1041 @command{tar} available on your system.
1042 @end table
1043
1044 @node create
1045 @section How to Create Archives
1046 @UNREVISED
1047
1048 @cindex Creation of the archive
1049 @cindex Archive, creation of
1050 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1051 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1052 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1053 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1054 practice on.
1055
1056 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1057 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1058 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1059 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1060 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1061 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1062 other directories and other archives.
1063
1064 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1065 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1066 @file{collection.tar}.
1067
1068 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1069 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1070 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1071 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1072 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1073 @command{tar} works.
1074
1075 @menu
1076 * prepare for examples::
1077 * Creating the archive::
1078 * create verbose::
1079 * short create::
1080 * create dir::
1081 @end menu
1082
1083 @node prepare for examples
1084 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1085
1086 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1087 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1088 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1089 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1090 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1091 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1092
1093 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1094 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1095 the full file name of this directory is
1096 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1097 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1098
1099 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1100 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1101 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1102 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1103
1104 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1105 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1106 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1107 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1108 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1109 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1110 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1111 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1112 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1113 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1114
1115 @node Creating the archive
1116 @subsection Creating the Archive
1117
1118 @xopindex{create, introduced}
1119 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1120 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1121
1122 @smallexample
1123 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1124 @end smallexample
1125
1126 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1127 option forms}. You could also say:
1128
1129 @smallexample
1130 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1131 @end smallexample
1132
1133 @noindent
1134 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1135 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1136 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1137 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1138
1139 Note that the sequence
1140 @option{--file=@-collection.tar} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1141 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1142 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1143 archive file you create.
1144
1145 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1146 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1147 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1148 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1149 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1150 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1151
1152 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1153 is the operation which creates the new archive
1154 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1155 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1156 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1157 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1158 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1159 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1160 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1161
1162 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1163 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1164 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1165
1166 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1167 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1168
1169 @smallexample
1170 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1171 @end smallexample
1172
1173 @noindent
1174 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1175 the files in the directory.
1176
1177 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1178 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1179 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1180 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1181
1182 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1183 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1184 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1185
1186 @node create verbose
1187 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1188
1189 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verbose}}
1190 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--create}}
1191 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1192 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1193 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1194
1195 @smallexample
1196 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1197 blues
1198 folk
1199 jazz
1200 @end smallexample
1201
1202 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1203 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1204 @iftex
1205 (note the different font styles).
1206 @end iftex
1207 @ifinfo
1208 .
1209 @end ifinfo
1210
1211 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1212 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1213 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1214 understand.
1215
1216 @node short create
1217 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1218
1219 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1220 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1221 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1222 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1223 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1224 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1225 using short option forms:
1226
1227 @smallexample
1228 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1229 blues
1230 folk
1231 jazz
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 @noindent
1235 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1236 long or short option forms.
1237
1238 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1239 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1240 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1241 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1242 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1243 following way:
1244
1245 @smallexample
1246 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1247 @end smallexample
1248
1249 @noindent
1250 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1251 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1252 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1253 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1254 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1255 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1256 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1257 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1258 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1259 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1260 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1261
1262 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1263 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1264 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1265
1266 This example,
1267
1268 @smallexample
1269 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1270 @end smallexample
1271
1272 @noindent
1273 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1274 becomes much more so:
1275
1276 @smallexample
1277 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1278 @end smallexample
1279
1280 @noindent
1281 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1282 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1283 valuable data.
1284
1285 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1286 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1287 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1288 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1289 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1290
1291 @node create dir
1292 @subsection Archiving Directories
1293
1294 @cindex Archiving Directories
1295 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1296 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1297 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1298 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1299 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1300
1301 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1302 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1303 type:
1304
1305 @smallexample
1306 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1307 $
1308 @end smallexample
1309
1310 @noindent
1311 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1312 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1313 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1314 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1315
1316 @smallexample
1317 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1318 @end smallexample
1319
1320 @noindent
1321 @command{tar} should output:
1322
1323 @smallexample
1324 practice/
1325 practice/blues
1326 practice/folk
1327 practice/jazz
1328 practice/collection.tar
1329 @end smallexample
1330
1331 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1332 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1333 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1334 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1335 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1336 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1337 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1338 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1339 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1340 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1341 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1342 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1343 into the file system).
1344
1345 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1346
1347 @smallexample
1348 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1349 @end smallexample
1350
1351 @noindent
1352 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1353 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1354 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1355 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1356 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1357 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1358 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1359 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1360 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1361 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1362 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1363 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1364 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1365 of the directory being dumped.
1366
1367 @node list
1368 @section How to List Archives
1369
1370 @opindex list
1371 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1372 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list}
1373 (@option{-t}) operation to get the member names as they currently
1374 appear in the archive, as well as various attributes of the files at
1375 the time they were archived. For example, you can examine the archive
1376 @file{collection.tar} that you created in the last section with the
1377 command,
1378
1379 @smallexample
1380 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1381 @end smallexample
1382
1383 @noindent
1384 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1385
1386 @smallexample
1387 blues
1388 folk
1389 jazz
1390 @end smallexample
1391
1392 @noindent
1393 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1394
1395 @smallexample
1396 ./birds
1397 baboon
1398 ./box
1399 @end smallexample
1400
1401 @noindent
1402 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1403 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1404 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1405
1406 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--verbose}}
1407 @xopindex{verbose, using with @option{--list}}
1408 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1409 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1410 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so
1411 forth. This output is described in detail in @ref{verbose member listing}.
1412
1413 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1414 above would look like:
1415
1416 @smallexample
1417 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1418 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1419 @end smallexample
1420
1421 @cindex listing member and file names
1422 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1423 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1424 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1425 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1426 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1427 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1428 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1429 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1430 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1431 example:
1432
1433 @smallexample
1434 @group
1435 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file archive /etc/mail}
1436 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1437 /etc/mail/
1438 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1439 /etc/mail/aliases
1440 $ @kbd{tar --test --file archive}
1441 etc/mail/
1442 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1443 etc/mail/aliases
1444 @end group
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @opindex show-stored-names
1448 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1449 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1450 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1451
1452 @table @option
1453 @item --show-stored-names
1454 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1455 @end table
1456
1457 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1458 @xopindex{list, using with file name arguments}
1459 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1460 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1461 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1462 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1463
1464 Because @command{tar} preserves file names, these must be specified as
1465 they appear in the archive (i.e., relative to the directory from which
1466 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1467 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1468 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1469 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1470 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1471 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1472 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1473
1474 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1475 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1476 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1477 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1478
1479 @smallexample
1480 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1481 @end smallexample
1482
1483 @noindent
1484 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1485 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1486 @command{tar} command line options.
1487
1488 @menu
1489 * list dir::
1490 @end menu
1491
1492 @node list dir
1493 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1494
1495 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1496 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1497 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1498 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1499
1500 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1501 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1502
1503 @smallexample
1504 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1505 @end smallexample
1506
1507 @command{tar} responds:
1508
1509 @smallexample
1510 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1511 -rw-r--r-- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1512 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1513 -rw-r--r-- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1514 -rw-r--r-- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1515 @end smallexample
1516
1517 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1518 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1519
1520 @node extract
1521 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1522 @cindex Extraction
1523 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1524 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1525
1526 @opindex extract
1527 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1528 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1529 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1530 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1531 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1532 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1533 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1534 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1535 multiple times if you want or need to.
1536
1537 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1538 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1539 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1540 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1541
1542 @menu
1543 * extracting archives::
1544 * extracting files::
1545 * extract dir::
1546 * extracting untrusted archives::
1547 * failing commands::
1548 @end menu
1549
1550 @node extracting archives
1551 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1552
1553 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1554 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1555
1556 @smallexample
1557 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1558 @end smallexample
1559
1560 @noindent
1561 produces this:
1562
1563 @smallexample
1564 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1565 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1566 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1567 @end smallexample
1568
1569 @node extracting files
1570 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1571
1572 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1573 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1574 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1575 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1576 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1577 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1578 deleted.
1579
1580 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1581 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1582 the files in the directory again.
1583
1584 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1585 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1586
1587 @smallexample
1588 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1589 @end smallexample
1590
1591 @noindent
1592 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1593 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1594 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1595 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1596 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1597 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1598 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1599 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1600 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1601 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1602 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1603 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1604 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1605 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1606 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1607
1608 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1609 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1610 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1611 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1612 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1613 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1614 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1615 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1616 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1617 directory prefix, you could type:
1618
1619 @smallexample
1620 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1621 @end smallexample
1622
1623 @noindent
1624 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1625 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1626 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1627 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1628 @xref{wildcards}.
1629
1630 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1631 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1632 Output}).
1633
1634 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1635 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1636
1637 @node extract dir
1638 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1639
1640 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1641 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1642 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1643 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1644 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1645 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1646 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1647 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1648 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1649 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1650 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1651 @pxref{Writing}).
1652
1653 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1654 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1655 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1656
1657 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1658 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1659 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1660 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1661 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1662 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1663 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1664 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1665 following command:
1666
1667 @smallexample
1668 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1669 practice/folk
1670 practice/jazz
1671 @end smallexample
1672
1673 @noindent
1674 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1675 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1676 in the example below:
1677
1678 @smallexample
1679 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1680 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1681 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1682 @end smallexample
1683
1684 @noindent
1685 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1686 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1687 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1688 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1689
1690 @node extracting untrusted archives
1691 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1692
1693 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1694 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1695 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1696 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1697 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1698 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1699 extract it as follows:
1700
1701 @smallexample
1702 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1703 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1704 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1705 @end smallexample
1706
1707 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1708 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1709 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1710
1711 @node failing commands
1712 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1713
1714 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1715 they won't work.
1716
1717 If you try to use this command,
1718
1719 @smallexample
1720 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1721 @end smallexample
1722
1723 @noindent
1724 you will get the following response:
1725
1726 @smallexample
1727 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1728 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1729 $
1730 @end smallexample
1731
1732 @noindent
1733 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1734 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1735 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1736
1737 @smallexample
1738 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1739 practice/folk
1740 practice/jazz
1741 practice/rock
1742 @end smallexample
1743
1744 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1745 order...}
1746
1747 @noindent
1748 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1749
1750 @smallexample
1751 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1752 @end smallexample
1753
1754 @noindent
1755 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1756 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1757 to extract the files from the archive.
1758
1759 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1760 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1761
1762 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1763
1764 @node going further
1765 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1766 @UNREVISED
1767
1768 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1769 be in the rest of the manual.}
1770
1771 @node tar invocation
1772 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1773
1774 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1775 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1776 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1777 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1778 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1779 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1780 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1781 depending on what the operation is.
1782
1783 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1784 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1785 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1786 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1787 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1788
1789 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1790 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1791 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1792 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1793 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1794 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1795
1796 @menu
1797 * Synopsis::
1798 * using tar options::
1799 * Styles::
1800 * All Options::
1801 * help::
1802 * defaults::
1803 * verbose::
1804 * checkpoints::
1805 * warnings::
1806 * interactive::
1807 @end menu
1808
1809 @node Synopsis
1810 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1811
1812 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1813
1814 @smallexample
1815 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1816 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1817 @end smallexample
1818
1819 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1820
1821 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1822 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1823 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1824 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1825 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1826 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1827 @command{tar} is to act on.
1828
1829 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1830 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1831 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1832 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1833
1834 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1835 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1836 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1837 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1838 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1839 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1840 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1841 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1842 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1843 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1844 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1845
1846 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1847 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1848 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1849 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1850 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1851 @option{--absolute-names}.
1852
1853 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1854 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1855 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1856 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1857
1858 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1859 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1860 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1861 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1862 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1863 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1864 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1865 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1866 sufficient for this.
1867
1868 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1869 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1870 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1871
1872 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1873 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1874 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1875 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1876 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1877 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1878 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1879
1880 @cindex exit status
1881 @cindex return status
1882 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1883 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1884 @command{tar} command line is improperly written. Errors may be
1885 encountered later, while processing the archive or the files. Some
1886 errors are recoverable, in which case the failure is delayed until
1887 @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some errors are such that
1888 it would be not meaningful, or at least risky, to continue processing:
1889 @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately. All abnormal exits,
1890 whether immediate or delayed, should always be clearly diagnosed on
1891 @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of the error.
1892
1893 Possible exit codes of @GNUTAR{} are summarized in the following
1894 table:
1895
1896 @table @asis
1897 @item 0
1898 @samp{Successful termination}.
1899
1900 @item 1
1901 @samp{Some files differ}. If tar was invoked with @option{--compare}
1902 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) command line option, this means that
1903 some files in the archive differ from their disk counterparts
1904 (@pxref{compare}). If tar was given @option{--create},
1905 @option{--append} or @option{--update} option, this exit code means
1906 that some files were changed while being archived and so the resulting
1907 archive does not contain the exact copy of the file set.
1908
1909 @item 2
1910 @samp{Fatal error}. This means that some fatal, unrecoverable error
1911 occurred.
1912 @end table
1913
1914 If @command{tar} has invoked a subprocess and that subprocess exited with a
1915 nonzero exit code, @command{tar} exits with that code as well.
1916 This can happen, for example, if @command{tar} was given some
1917 compression option (@pxref{gzip}) and the external compressor program
1918 failed. Another example is @command{rmt} failure during backup to the
1919 remote device (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
1920
1921 @node using tar options
1922 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1923
1924 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1925 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1926 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1927 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1928 @command{tar} command (the corresponding options may be found
1929 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1930 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1931 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1932 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1933 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1934
1935 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1936 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1937 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1938 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1939 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1940 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1941 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1942 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1943 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1944 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1945 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1946 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1947
1948 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1949 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1950 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1951 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1952 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1953 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1954 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1955 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1956 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1957
1958 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1959 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1960 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1961 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1962 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1963
1964 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1965 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1966 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1967 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1968 styles.
1969
1970 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1971 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1972 incorporated.}
1973
1974 @node Styles
1975 @section The Three Option Styles
1976
1977 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1978 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1979 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1980 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1981
1982 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @option{--file}
1983 (@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1984 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1985 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1986 supply a specific archive file name.) Where you @emph{place} the
1987 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1988 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1989 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1990 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1991 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1992 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1993 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1994
1995 Some options @emph{may} take an argument. Such options may have at
1996 most long and short forms, they do not have old style equivalent. The
1997 rules for specifying an argument for such options are stricter than
1998 those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please, pay special
1999 attention to them.
2000
2001 @menu
2002 * Long Options:: Long Option Style
2003 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
2004 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
2005 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
2006 @end menu
2007
2008 @node Long Options
2009 @subsection Long Option Style
2010
2011 @cindex long options
2012 @cindex options, long style
2013 @cindex options, GNU style
2014 @cindex options, mnemonic names
2015 Each option has at least one @dfn{long} (or @dfn{mnemonic}) name starting with two
2016 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
2017 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
2018 single long option has many different names which are
2019 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
2020 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
2021 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
2022 other long option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
2023 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
2024 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
2025 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
2026 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
2027 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
2028 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
2029 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
2030
2031 Long options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
2032 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
2033 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
2034
2035 @smallexample
2036 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
2037 @end smallexample
2038
2039 @noindent
2040 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
2041 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
2042
2043 @cindex arguments to long options
2044 @cindex long options with mandatory arguments
2045 Long options which require arguments take those arguments
2046 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
2047 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
2048 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
2049 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
2050 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
2051 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
2052 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
2053
2054 @cindex optional arguments to long options
2055 @cindex long options with optional arguments
2056 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2057 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2058 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2059 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2060
2061 @node Short Options
2062 @subsection Short Option Style
2063
2064 @cindex short options
2065 @cindex options, short style
2066 @cindex options, traditional
2067 Most options also have a @dfn{short option} name. Short options start with
2068 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2069 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2070 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2071
2072 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2073
2074 @cindex arguments to short options
2075 @cindex short options with mandatory arguments
2076 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2077 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2078 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2079 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2080 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2081 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2082 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2083 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2084
2085 @cindex optional arguments to short options
2086 @cindex short options with optional arguments
2087 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2088 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2089 white space characters}.
2090
2091 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2092 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2093 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2094 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2095 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2096 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2097 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2098 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2099
2100 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2101 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2102 For example:
2103
2104 @smallexample
2105 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2106 @end smallexample
2107
2108 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2109 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2110 end up overwriting files.
2111
2112 @node Old Options
2113 @subsection Old Option Style
2114 @cindex options, old style
2115 @cindex old option style
2116
2117 Like short options, @dfn{old options} are single letters. However, old options
2118 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2119 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2120 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2121 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2122 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2123 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2124 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2125 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2126 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2127 long option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2128 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2129
2130 @cindex arguments to old options
2131 @cindex old options with mandatory arguments
2132 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2133 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2134 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2135 style as follows:
2136
2137 @smallexample
2138 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2139 @end smallexample
2140
2141 @noindent
2142 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2143 the argument of @option{-f}.
2144
2145 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2146 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2147 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2148 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2149 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2150 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2151 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2152 pertain to.
2153
2154 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2155 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2156
2157 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2158 users. For example, the two commands:
2159
2160 @smallexample
2161 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2162 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2163 @end smallexample
2164
2165 @noindent
2166 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2167 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2168 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2169 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2170
2171 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2172
2173 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2174 following are equivalent:
2175
2176 @smallexample
2177 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2178 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2179 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2180 @end smallexample
2181
2182 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2183 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2184 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2185 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2186 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2187 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2188 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2189 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2190 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2191
2192 @node Mixing
2193 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2194
2195 @cindex options, mixing different styles
2196 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2197 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2198 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2199 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with long options in
2200 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2201 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2202 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2203 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2204 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2205 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2206 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2207 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2208 style options.
2209
2210 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2211 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2212
2213 @smallexample
2214 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2215 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2216 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2217 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2218 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2219 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2220 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2221 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2222 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2223 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2224 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2225 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2226 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2227 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2228 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2229 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2230 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2231 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2232 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2233 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2234 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2235 @end smallexample
2236
2237 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2238 the previous set:
2239
2240 @smallexample
2241 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2242 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2243 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2244 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2245 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2246 @end smallexample
2247
2248 @noindent
2249 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2250 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2251 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2252 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2253 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2254 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2255 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2256 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2257 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2258 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2259 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2260
2261 @node All Options
2262 @section All @command{tar} Options
2263
2264 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2265 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2266 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2267 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2268 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2269 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2270
2271 @menu
2272 * Operation Summary::
2273 * Option Summary::
2274 * Short Option Summary::
2275 @end menu
2276
2277 @node Operation Summary
2278 @subsection Operations
2279
2280 @table @option
2281
2282 @opsummary{append}
2283 @item --append
2284 @itemx -r
2285
2286 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2287
2288 @opsummary{catenate}
2289 @item --catenate
2290 @itemx -A
2291
2292 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2293
2294 @opsummary{compare}
2295 @item --compare
2296 @itemx -d
2297
2298 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2299 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2300 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2301
2302 @opsummary{concatenate}
2303 @item --concatenate
2304 @itemx -A
2305
2306 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2307 @xref{concatenate}.
2308
2309 @opsummary{create}
2310 @item --create
2311 @itemx -c
2312
2313 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2314
2315 @opsummary{delete}
2316 @item --delete
2317
2318 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2319 tape! @xref{delete}.
2320
2321 @opsummary{diff}
2322 @item --diff
2323 @itemx -d
2324
2325 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2326
2327 @opsummary{extract}
2328 @item --extract
2329 @itemx -x
2330
2331 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2332
2333 @opsummary{get}
2334 @item --get
2335 @itemx -x
2336
2337 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2338
2339 @opsummary{list}
2340 @item --list
2341 @itemx -t
2342
2343 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2344
2345 @opsummary{update}
2346 @item --update
2347 @itemx -u
2348
2349 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2350 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2351 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2352
2353 @end table
2354
2355 @node Option Summary
2356 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2357
2358 @table @option
2359
2360 @opsummary{absolute-names}
2361 @item --absolute-names
2362 @itemx -P
2363
2364 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2365 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2366 @xref{absolute}.
2367
2368 @opsummary{after-date}
2369 @item --after-date
2370
2371 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2372
2373 @opsummary{anchored}
2374 @item --anchored
2375 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2376 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2377
2378 @opsummary{atime-preserve}
2379 @item --atime-preserve
2380 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2381 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2382
2383 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2384 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2385 have superuser privileges.
2386
2387 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2388 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2389 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2390 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2391 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2392 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2393 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2394 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2395 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2396 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2397 incompatible with incremental backups.
2398
2399 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2400 without interfering with time stamp updates
2401 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2402 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2403 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2404 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2405 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2406 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2407 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2408 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2409 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2410 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2411 option works when it actually does not.
2412
2413 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2414 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2415 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2416
2417 If your operating system does not support
2418 @option{--atime-preserve=@-system}, you might be able to preserve access
2419 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2420 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2421 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2422 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2423 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2424
2425 @opsummary{auto-compress}
2426 @item --auto-compress
2427 @itemx -a
2428
2429 During a @option{--create} operation, enables automatic compressed
2430 format recognition based on the archive suffix. The effect of this
2431 option is cancelled by @option{--no-auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2432
2433 @opsummary{backup}
2434 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2435
2436 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2437 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2438 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2439
2440 @opsummary{block-number}
2441 @item --block-number
2442 @itemx -R
2443
2444 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2445 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2446
2447 @opsummary{blocking-factor}
2448 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2449 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2450
2451 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2452 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2453
2454 @opsummary{bzip2}
2455 @item --bzip2
2456 @itemx -j
2457
2458 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2459 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2460
2461 @opsummary{check-device}
2462 @item --check-device
2463 Check device numbers when creating a list of modified files for
2464 incremental archiving. This is the default. @xref{device numbers},
2465 for a detailed description.
2466
2467 @opsummary{checkpoint}
2468 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2469
2470 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2471 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2472 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2473 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. You can also instruct
2474 @command{tar} to execute a list of actions on each checkpoint, see
2475 @option{--checkpoint-action} below. For a detailed description, see
2476 @ref{checkpoints}.
2477
2478 @opsummary{checkpoint-action}
2479 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
2480 Instruct @command{tar} to execute an action upon hitting a
2481 breakpoint. Here we give only a brief outline. @xref{checkpoints},
2482 for a complete description.
2483
2484 The @var{action} argument can be one of the following:
2485
2486 @table @asis
2487 @item bell
2488 Produce an audible bell on the console.
2489
2490 @item dot
2491 @itemx .
2492 Print a single dot on the standard listing stream.
2493
2494 @item echo
2495 Display a textual message on the standard error, with the status and
2496 number of the checkpoint. This is the default.
2497
2498 @item echo=@var{string}
2499 Display @var{string} on the standard error. Before output, the string
2500 is subject to meta-character expansion.
2501
2502 @item exec=@var{command}
2503 Execute the given @var{command}.
2504
2505 @item sleep=@var{time}
2506 Wait for @var{time} seconds.
2507
2508 @item ttyout=@var{string}
2509 Output @var{string} on the current console (@file{/dev/tty}).
2510 @end table
2511
2512 Several @option{--checkpoint-action} options can be specified. The
2513 supplied actions will be executed in order of their appearance in the
2514 command line.
2515
2516 Using @option{--checkpoint-action} without @option{--checkpoint}
2517 assumes default checkpoint frequency of one checkpoint per 10 records.
2518
2519 @opsummary{check-links}
2520 @item --check-links
2521 @itemx -l
2522 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2523 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2524 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2525 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2526 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2527 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2528 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2529
2530 @xref{hard links}.
2531
2532 @opsummary{compress}
2533 @opsummary{uncompress}
2534 @item --compress
2535 @itemx --uncompress
2536 @itemx -Z
2537
2538 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2539 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2540 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2541
2542 @opsummary{confirmation}
2543 @item --confirmation
2544
2545 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2546
2547 @opsummary{delay-directory-restore}
2548 @item --delay-directory-restore
2549
2550 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2551 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2552
2553 @opsummary{dereference}
2554 @item --dereference
2555 @itemx -h
2556
2557 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2558 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2559 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2560
2561 @opsummary{directory}
2562 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2563 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2564
2565 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2566 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2567 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2568
2569 @opsummary{exclude}
2570 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2571
2572 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2573 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2574
2575 @opsummary{exclude-backups}
2576 @item --exclude-backups
2577 Exclude backup and lock files. @xref{exclude,, exclude-backups}.
2578
2579 @opsummary{exclude-from}
2580 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2581 @itemx -X @var{file}
2582
2583 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2584 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2585
2586 @opsummary{exclude-caches}
2587 @item --exclude-caches
2588
2589 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2590 tag file, but still dump the directory node and the tag file itself.
2591
2592 @xref{exclude,, exclude-caches}.
2593
2594 @opsummary{exclude-caches-under}
2595 @item --exclude-caches-under
2596
2597 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2598 tag file, but still dump the directory node itself.
2599
2600 @xref{exclude}.
2601
2602 @opsummary{exclude-caches-all}
2603 @item --exclude-caches-all
2604
2605 Exclude from dump any directory containing a valid cache directory
2606 tag file. @xref{exclude}.
2607
2608 @opsummary{exclude-tag}
2609 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
2610
2611 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}, but
2612 dump the directory node and @var{file} itself. @xref{exclude,, exclude-tag}.
2613
2614 @opsummary{exclude-tag-under}
2615 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
2616
2617 Exclude from dump the contents of any directory containing file
2618 named @var{file}, but dump the directory node itself. @xref{exclude,,
2619 exclude-tag-under}.
2620
2621 @opsummary{exclude-tag-all}
2622 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
2623
2624 Exclude from dump any directory containing file named @var{file}.
2625 @xref{exclude,,exclude-tag-all}.
2626
2627 @opsummary{exclude-vcs}
2628 @item --exclude-vcs
2629
2630 Exclude from dump directories and files, that are internal for some
2631 widely used version control systems.
2632
2633 @xref{exclude,,exclude-vcs}.
2634
2635 @opsummary{file}
2636 @item --file=@var{archive}
2637 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2638
2639 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2640 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2641 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2642
2643 @opsummary{files-from}
2644 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2645 @itemx -T @var{file}
2646
2647 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2648 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2649 command-line. @xref{files}.
2650
2651 @opsummary{force-local}
2652 @item --force-local
2653
2654 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the file name given to @option{--file}
2655 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2656 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2657
2658 @opsummary{format}
2659 @item --format=@var{format}
2660 @itemx -H @var{format}
2661
2662 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2663 following:
2664
2665 @table @samp
2666 @item v7
2667 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2668
2669 @item oldgnu
2670 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2671 1.12 or earlier.
2672
2673 @item gnu
2674 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2675 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2676 numeric fields.
2677
2678 @item ustar
2679 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2680
2681 @item posix
2682 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2683
2684 @end table
2685
2686 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2687
2688 @opsummary{group}
2689 @item --group=@var{group}
2690
2691 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
2692 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2693 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2694 a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}. @xref{override}.
2695
2696 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2697
2698 @opsummary{gzip}
2699 @opsummary{gunzip}
2700 @opsummary{ungzip}
2701 @item --gzip
2702 @itemx --gunzip
2703 @itemx --ungzip
2704 @itemx -z
2705
2706 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2707 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2708 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2709
2710 @opsummary{hard-dereference}
2711 @item --hard-dereference
2712 When creating an archive, dereference hard links and store the files
2713 they refer to, instead of creating usual hard link members.
2714
2715 @xref{hard links}.
2716
2717 @opsummary{help}
2718 @item --help
2719 @itemx -?
2720
2721 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2722 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2723
2724 @opsummary{ignore-case}
2725 @item --ignore-case
2726 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2727 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2728
2729 @opsummary{ignore-command-error}
2730 @item --ignore-command-error
2731 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2732
2733 @opsummary{ignore-failed-read}
2734 @item --ignore-failed-read
2735
2736 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2737 @xref{Reading}.
2738
2739 @opsummary{ignore-zeros}
2740 @item --ignore-zeros
2741 @itemx -i
2742
2743 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2744 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2745
2746 @opsummary{incremental}
2747 @item --incremental
2748 @itemx -G
2749
2750 Informs @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2751 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2752 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2753 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2754
2755 @opsummary{index-file}
2756 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2757
2758 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2759
2760 @opsummary{info-script}
2761 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2762 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2763 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2764 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2765
2766 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2767 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2768 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2769 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2770
2771 @opsummary{interactive}
2772 @item --interactive
2773 @itemx --confirmation
2774 @itemx -w
2775
2776 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2777 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2778 @xref{interactive}.
2779
2780 @opsummary{keep-newer-files}
2781 @item --keep-newer-files
2782
2783 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2784 when extracting files from an archive.
2785
2786 @opsummary{keep-old-files}
2787 @item --keep-old-files
2788 @itemx -k
2789
2790 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2791 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2792
2793 @opsummary{label}
2794 @item --label=@var{name}
2795 @itemx -V @var{name}
2796
2797 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2798 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2799 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2800 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2801
2802 @opsummary{level}
2803 @item --level=@var{n}
2804 Force incremental backup of level @var{n}. As of @GNUTAR version
2805 @value{VERSION}, the option @option{--level=0} truncates the snapshot
2806 file, thereby forcing the level 0 dump. Other values of @var{n} are
2807 effectively ignored. @xref{--level=0}, for details and examples.
2808
2809 The use of this option is valid only in conjunction with the
2810 @option{--listed-incremental} option. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2811 for a detailed description.
2812
2813 @opsummary{listed-incremental}
2814 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2815 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2816
2817 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2818 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2819 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2820 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2821 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2822
2823 @opsummary{lzip}
2824 @item --lzip
2825
2826 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2827 @command{lzip}. @xref{gzip}.
2828
2829 @opsummary{lzma}
2830 @item --lzma
2831
2832 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2833 @command{lzma}. @xref{gzip}.
2834
2835 @item --lzop
2836
2837 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2838 @command{lzop}. @xref{gzip}.
2839
2840 @opsummary{mode}
2841 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2842
2843 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2844 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2845 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
2846 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
2847 @command{chmod}. @xref{override}.
2848
2849 @opsummary{mtime}
2850 @item --mtime=@var{date}
2851
2852 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
2853 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
2854 their actual modification times. The value of @var{date} can be
2855 either a textual date representation (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a
2856 name of the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the
2857 latter case, the modification time of that file is used. @xref{override}.
2858
2859 @opsummary{multi-volume}
2860 @item --multi-volume
2861 @itemx -M
2862
2863 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2864 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2865
2866 @opsummary{new-volume-script}
2867 @item --new-volume-script
2868
2869 (see --info-script)
2870
2871 @opsummary{newer}
2872 @item --newer=@var{date}
2873 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2874 @itemx -N
2875
2876 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2877 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2878 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2879 the date. @xref{after}.
2880
2881 @opsummary{newer-mtime}
2882 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2883
2884 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2885 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2886 also back up files for which any status information has
2887 changed). @xref{after}.
2888
2889 @opsummary{no-anchored}
2890 @item --no-anchored
2891 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2892 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2893
2894 @opsummary{no-auto-compress}
2895 @item --no-auto-compress
2896
2897 Disables automatic compressed format recognition based on the archive
2898 suffix. @xref{--auto-compress}. @xref{gzip}.
2899
2900 @opsummary{no-check-device}
2901 @item --no-check-device
2902 Do not check device numbers when creating a list of modified files
2903 for incremental archiving. @xref{device numbers}, for
2904 a detailed description.
2905
2906 @opsummary{no-delay-directory-restore}
2907 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2908
2909 Modification times and permissions of extracted
2910 directories are set when all files from this directory have been
2911 extracted. This is the default.
2912 @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2913
2914 @opsummary{no-ignore-case}
2915 @item --no-ignore-case
2916 Use case-sensitive matching.
2917 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2918
2919 @opsummary{no-ignore-command-error}
2920 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2921 Print warnings about subprocesses that terminated with a nonzero exit
2922 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2923
2924 @opsummary{no-null}
2925 @item --no-null
2926
2927 If the @option{--null} option was given previously, this option
2928 cancels its effect, so that any following @option{--files-from}
2929 options will expect their file lists to be newline-terminated.
2930
2931 @opsummary{no-overwrite-dir}
2932 @item --no-overwrite-dir
2933
2934 Preserve metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2935 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2936
2937 @opsummary{no-quote-chars}
2938 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2939 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2940 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2941 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2942
2943 @opsummary{no-recursion}
2944 @item --no-recursion
2945
2946 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2947 @xref{recurse}.
2948
2949 @opsummary{no-same-owner}
2950 @item --no-same-owner
2951 @itemx -o
2952
2953 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2954 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2955 for ordinary users.
2956
2957 @opsummary{no-same-permissions}
2958 @item --no-same-permissions
2959
2960 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2961 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2962 for ordinary users.
2963
2964 @opsummary{no-seek}
2965 @item --no-seek
2966
2967 The archive media does not support seeks to arbitrary
2968 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2969 the archive can be seeked or not. Use this option to disable this
2970 mechanism.
2971
2972 @opsummary{no-unquote}
2973 @item --no-unquote
2974 Treat all input file or member names literally, do not interpret
2975 escape sequences. @xref{input name quoting}.
2976
2977 @opsummary{no-wildcards}
2978 @item --no-wildcards
2979 Do not use wildcards.
2980 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2981
2982 @opsummary{no-wildcards-match-slash}
2983 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2984 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
2985 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2986
2987 @opsummary{null}
2988 @item --null
2989
2990 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2991 instructs @command{tar} to expect file names terminated with @acronym{NUL}, so
2992 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2993 @xref{nul}.
2994
2995 @opsummary{numeric-owner}
2996 @item --numeric-owner
2997
2998 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2999 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
3000 @xref{Attributes}.
3001
3002 @item -o
3003 The function of this option depends on the action @command{tar} is
3004 performing. When extracting files, @option{-o} is a synonym for
3005 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e., it prevents @command{tar} from
3006 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
3007
3008 When creating an archive, it is a synonym for
3009 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
3010 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
3011 removed in future releases.
3012
3013 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3014
3015 @opsummary{occurrence}
3016 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
3017
3018 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
3019 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
3020 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
3021 line or via @option{-T} option.
3022
3023 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
3024 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
3025
3026 @smallexample
3027 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
3028 @end smallexample
3029
3030 @noindent
3031 will extract the first occurrence of the member @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
3032 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
3033
3034 @opsummary{old-archive}
3035 @item --old-archive
3036 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3037
3038 @opsummary{one-file-system}
3039 @item --one-file-system
3040 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
3041 directories that are on different file systems from the current
3042 directory.
3043
3044 @opsummary{overwrite}
3045 @item --overwrite
3046
3047 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
3048 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3049
3050 @opsummary{overwrite-dir}
3051 @item --overwrite-dir
3052
3053 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
3054 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
3055
3056 @opsummary{owner}
3057 @item --owner=@var{user}
3058
3059 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
3060 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
3061 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
3062 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
3063 @xref{override}.
3064
3065 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
3066
3067 @opsummary{pax-option}
3068 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
3069 This option enables creation of the archive in @acronym{POSIX.1-2001}
3070 format (@pxref{posix}) and modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
3071 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
3072 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
3073 discussion.
3074
3075 @opsummary{portability}
3076 @item --portability
3077 @itemx --old-archive
3078 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
3079
3080 @opsummary{posix}
3081 @item --posix
3082 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
3083
3084 @opsummary{preserve}
3085 @item --preserve
3086
3087 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
3088 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3089
3090 @opsummary{preserve-order}
3091 @item --preserve-order
3092
3093 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
3094
3095 @opsummary{preserve-permissions}
3096 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3097 @item --preserve-permissions
3098 @itemx --same-permissions
3099 @itemx -p
3100
3101 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
3102 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
3103 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
3104 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
3105 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
3106
3107 @opsummary{quote-chars}
3108 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
3109 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
3110 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
3111
3112 @opsummary{quoting-style}
3113 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
3114 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
3115 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
3116 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
3117 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
3118 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
3119 package.
3120
3121 @opsummary{read-full-records}
3122 @item --read-full-records
3123 @itemx -B
3124
3125 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
3126 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
3127
3128 @opsummary{record-size}
3129 @item --record-size=@var{size}
3130
3131 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
3132 archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
3133
3134 @opsummary{recursion}
3135 @item --recursion
3136
3137 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories (default).
3138 @xref{recurse}.
3139
3140 @opsummary{recursive-unlink}
3141 @item --recursive-unlink
3142
3143 Remove existing
3144 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
3145 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
3146
3147 @opsummary{remove-files}
3148 @item --remove-files
3149
3150 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
3151 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
3152
3153 @opsummary{restrict}
3154 @item --restrict
3155
3156 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
3157 Currently this option disables shell invocation from multi-volume menu
3158 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
3159
3160 @opsummary{rmt-command}
3161 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
3162
3163 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
3164 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
3165
3166 @opsummary{rsh-command}
3167 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
3168
3169 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
3170 devices. @xref{Device}.
3171
3172 @opsummary{same-order}
3173 @item --same-order
3174 @itemx --preserve-order
3175 @itemx -s
3176
3177 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
3178 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
3179 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
3180 archive. @xref{Reading}.
3181
3182 @opsummary{same-owner}
3183 @item --same-owner
3184
3185 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
3186 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
3187 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
3188 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
3189
3190 @opsummary{same-permissions}
3191 @item --same-permissions
3192
3193 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
3194
3195 @opsummary{seek}
3196 @item --seek
3197 @itemx -n
3198
3199 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
3200 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
3201 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
3202 in cases when such recognition fails. It takes effect only if the
3203 archive is open for reading (e.g. with @option{--list} or
3204 @option{--extract} options).
3205
3206 @opsummary{show-defaults}
3207 @item --show-defaults
3208
3209 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
3210 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
3211 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
3212
3213 @smallexample
3214 $ tar --show-defaults
3215 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape \
3216 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3217 @end smallexample
3218
3219 @opsummary{show-omitted-dirs}
3220 @item --show-omitted-dirs
3221
3222 Instructs @command{tar} to mention the directories it is skipping when
3223 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
3224
3225 @opsummary{show-transformed-names}
3226 @opsummary{show-stored-names}
3227 @item --show-transformed-names
3228 @itemx --show-stored-names
3229
3230 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3231 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3232 the archive creation operations it instructs @command{tar} to list the
3233 member names stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3234 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3235
3236 @opsummary{sparse}
3237 @item --sparse
3238 @itemx -S
3239
3240 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3241 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3242
3243 @opsummary{sparse-version}
3244 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
3245
3246 Specifies the @dfn{format version} to use when archiving sparse
3247 files. Implies @option{--sparse}. @xref{sparse}. For the description
3248 of the supported sparse formats, @xref{Sparse Formats}.
3249
3250 @opsummary{starting-file}
3251 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3252 @itemx -K @var{name}
3253
3254 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3255 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3256 @xref{Scarce}.
3257
3258 @opsummary{strip-components}
3259 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3260 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3261 extraction. For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3262 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3263
3264 @smallexample
3265 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3266 @end smallexample
3267
3268 @noindent
3269 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3270
3271 @opsummary{suffix}, summary
3272 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3273
3274 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3275 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3276
3277 @opsummary{tape-length}
3278 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3279 @itemx -L @var{num}
3280
3281 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3282 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3283
3284 @opsummary{test-label}
3285 @item --test-label
3286
3287 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3288 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3289
3290 @opsummary{to-command}
3291 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3292
3293 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3294 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3295
3296 @opsummary{to-stdout}
3297 @item --to-stdout
3298 @itemx -O
3299
3300 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3301 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3302
3303 @opsummary{totals}
3304 @item --totals[=@var{signo}]
3305
3306 Displays the total number of bytes transferred when processing an
3307 archive. If an argument is given, these data are displayed on
3308 request, when signal @var{signo} is delivered to @command{tar}.
3309 @xref{totals}.
3310
3311 @opsummary{touch}
3312 @item --touch
3313 @itemx -m
3314
3315 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3316 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3317 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3318
3319 @opsummary{transform}
3320 @opsummary{xform}
3321 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
3322 @itemx --xform=@var{sed-expr}
3323 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
3324 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
3325
3326 @smallexample
3327 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
3328 @end smallexample
3329
3330 @noindent
3331 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
3332 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
3333 discussion, @xref{transform}.
3334
3335 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
3336 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
3337 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
3338
3339 @opsummary{uncompress}
3340 @item --uncompress
3341
3342 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3343
3344 @opsummary{ungzip}
3345 @item --ungzip
3346
3347 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3348
3349 @opsummary{unlink-first}
3350 @item --unlink-first
3351 @itemx -U
3352
3353 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3354 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3355
3356 @opsummary{unquote}
3357 @item --unquote
3358 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default). @xref{input
3359 name quoting}.
3360
3361 @opsummary{use-compress-program}
3362 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3363 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
3364
3365 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3366 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3367
3368 @opsummary{utc}
3369 @item --utc
3370
3371 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3372 @option{--verbose}.
3373
3374 @opsummary{verbose}
3375 @item --verbose
3376 @itemx -v
3377
3378 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the
3379 operations it is performing. This option can be specified multiple
3380 times for some operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3381 @xref{verbose}.
3382
3383 @opsummary{verify}
3384 @item --verify
3385 @itemx -W
3386
3387 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3388 archive. @xref{verify}.
3389
3390 @opsummary{version}
3391 @item --version
3392
3393 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3394 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3395 @xref{help}.
3396
3397 @opsummary{volno-file}
3398 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3399
3400 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will
3401 keep track of which volume of a multi-volume archive it is working in
3402 @var{file}. @xref{volno-file}.
3403
3404 @opsummary{warning}
3405 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
3406
3407 Enable or disable warning messages identified by @var{keyword}. The
3408 messages are suppressed if @var{keyword} is prefixed with @samp{no-}.
3409 @xref{warnings}.
3410
3411 @opsummary{wildcards}
3412 @item --wildcards
3413 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3414 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3415
3416 @opsummary{wildcards-match-slash}
3417 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3418 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3419 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3420
3421 @opsummary{xz}
3422 @item --xz
3423 @itemx -J
3424 Use @command{xz} for compressing or decompressing the archives. @xref{gzip}.
3425
3426 @end table
3427
3428 @node Short Option Summary
3429 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3430
3431 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3432 them with the equivalent long option.
3433
3434 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.80
3435 @headitem Short Option @tab Reference
3436
3437 @item -A @tab @ref{--concatenate}.
3438
3439 @item -B @tab @ref{--read-full-records}.
3440
3441 @item -C @tab @ref{--directory}.
3442
3443 @item -F @tab @ref{--info-script}.
3444
3445 @item -G @tab @ref{--incremental}.
3446
3447 @item -J @tab @ref{--xz}.
3448
3449 @item -K @tab @ref{--starting-file}.
3450
3451 @item -L @tab @ref{--tape-length}.
3452
3453 @item -M @tab @ref{--multi-volume}.
3454
3455 @item -N @tab @ref{--newer}.
3456
3457 @item -O @tab @ref{--to-stdout}.
3458
3459 @item -P @tab @ref{--absolute-names}.
3460
3461 @item -R @tab @ref{--block-number}.
3462
3463 @item -S @tab @ref{--sparse}.
3464
3465 @item -T @tab @ref{--files-from}.
3466
3467 @item -U @tab @ref{--unlink-first}.
3468
3469 @item -V @tab @ref{--label}.
3470
3471 @item -W @tab @ref{--verify}.
3472
3473 @item -X @tab @ref{--exclude-from}.
3474
3475 @item -Z @tab @ref{--compress}.
3476
3477 @item -b @tab @ref{--blocking-factor}.
3478
3479 @item -c @tab @ref{--create}.
3480
3481 @item -d @tab @ref{--compare}.
3482
3483 @item -f @tab @ref{--file}.
3484
3485 @item -g @tab @ref{--listed-incremental}.
3486
3487 @item -h @tab @ref{--dereference}.
3488
3489 @item -i @tab @ref{--ignore-zeros}.
3490
3491 @item -j @tab @ref{--bzip2}.
3492
3493 @item -k @tab @ref{--keep-old-files}.
3494
3495 @item -l @tab @ref{--check-links}.
3496
3497 @item -m @tab @ref{--touch}.
3498
3499 @item -o @tab When creating, @ref{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3500 @ref{--portability}.
3501
3502 The latter usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3503 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In future releases
3504 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3505
3506 @item -p @tab @ref{--preserve-permissions}.
3507
3508 @item -r @tab @ref{--append}.
3509
3510 @item -s @tab @ref{--same-order}.
3511
3512 @item -t @tab @ref{--list}.
3513
3514 @item -u @tab @ref{--update}.
3515
3516 @item -v @tab @ref{--verbose}.
3517
3518 @item -w @tab @ref{--interactive}.
3519
3520 @item -x @tab @ref{--extract}.
3521
3522 @item -z @tab @ref{--gzip}.
3523
3524 @end multitable
3525
3526 @node help
3527 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3528
3529 @cindex Getting program version number
3530 @opindex version
3531 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3532 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3533 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3534 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3535 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3536 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3537
3538 @smallexample
3539 tar (GNU tar) @value{VERSION}
3540 Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3541 This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms
3542 of the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3543 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3544
3545 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3546 @end smallexample
3547
3548 @noindent
3549 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3550 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3551 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3552 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3553 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3554 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3555 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3556 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3557 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3558 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3559
3560 @cindex Obtaining help
3561 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3562 @xopindex{help, introduction}
3563 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3564 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3565 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3566 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3567 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3568 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3569 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3570 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3571 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3572 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3573
3574 @smallexample
3575 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3576 @end smallexample
3577
3578 @noindent
3579 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3580 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3581 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3582 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3583
3584 @smallexample
3585 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3586 @end smallexample
3587
3588 @noindent
3589 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3590 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3591 command will list only the first of them.
3592
3593 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3594 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3595
3596 @opindex usage
3597 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3598 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3599 @command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3600
3601 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3602 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3603 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3604 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3605 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may be printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3606 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3607 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3608 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3609 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3610 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3611 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3612 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3613 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3614 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3615
3616 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3617 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3618 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3619 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3620 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3621 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3622 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3623
3624 @node defaults
3625 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3626
3627 @opindex show-defaults
3628 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3629 explicitly specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3630 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3631 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3632
3633 @smallexample
3634 @group
3635 @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3636 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape
3637 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3638 @end group
3639 @end smallexample
3640
3641 @noindent
3642 Notice, that this option outputs only one line. The example output above
3643 has been split to fit page boundaries.
3644
3645 @noindent
3646 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3647 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3648 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3649 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3650 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3651 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3652
3653 @node verbose
3654 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3655
3656 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3657 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3658 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3659 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3660 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3661 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3662 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3663 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3664 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3665 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3666 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3667 helpful diagnostic tools.
3668
3669 @cindex Verbose operation
3670 @opindex verbose
3671 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3672 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3673 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3674 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3675 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3676 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3677 monitoring @command{tar}.
3678
3679 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3680 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3681 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3682 (@xref{verbose member listing}, for the description) for each member.
3683 Since @option{--list} already prints the names of the members,
3684 @option{--verbose} used once with @option{--list} causes @command{tar}
3685 to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files in the archive.
3686 The following examples both extract members with long list output:
3687
3688 @smallexample
3689 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3690 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3691 @end smallexample
3692
3693 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3694 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3695 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3696 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3697 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3698
3699 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3700 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3701 error.
3702
3703 @anchor{totals}
3704 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3705 @opindex totals
3706 The @option{--totals} option causes @command{tar} to print on the
3707 standard error the total amount of bytes transferred when processing
3708 an archive. When creating or appending to an archive, this option
3709 prints the number of bytes written to the archive and the average
3710 speed at which they have been written, e.g.:
3711
3712 @smallexample
3713 @group
3714 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --totals /home}
3715 Total bytes written: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 85MiB/s)
3716 @end group
3717 @end smallexample
3718
3719 When reading an archive, this option displays the number of bytes
3720 read:
3721
3722 @smallexample
3723 @group
3724 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar --totals}
3725 Total bytes read: 7924664320 (7.4GiB, 95MiB/s)
3726 @end group
3727 @end smallexample
3728
3729 Finally, when deleting from an archive, the @option{--totals} option
3730 displays both numbers plus number of bytes removed from the archive:
3731
3732 @smallexample
3733 @group
3734 $ @kbd{tar --delete -f foo.tar --totals --wildcards '*~'}
3735 Total bytes read: 9543680 (9.2MiB, 201MiB/s)
3736 Total bytes written: 3829760 (3.7MiB, 81MiB/s)
3737 Total bytes deleted: 1474048
3738 @end group
3739 @end smallexample
3740
3741 You can also obtain this information on request. When
3742 @option{--totals} is used with an argument, this argument is
3743 interpreted as a symbolic name of a signal, upon delivery of which the
3744 statistics is to be printed:
3745
3746 @table @option
3747 @item --totals=@var{signo}
3748 Print statistics upon delivery of signal @var{signo}. Valid arguments
3749 are: @code{SIGHUP}, @code{SIGQUIT}, @code{SIGINT}, @code{SIGUSR1} and
3750 @code{SIGUSR2}. Shortened names without @samp{SIG} prefix are also
3751 accepted.
3752 @end table
3753
3754 Both forms of @option{--totals} option can be used simultaneously.
3755 Thus, @kbd{tar -x --totals --totals=USR1} instructs @command{tar} to
3756 extract all members from its default archive and print statistics
3757 after finishing the extraction, as well as when receiving signal
3758 @code{SIGUSR1}.
3759
3760 @anchor{Progress information}
3761 @cindex Progress information
3762 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3763 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3764 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3765 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3766 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3767 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3768 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3769
3770 @smallexample
3771 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3772 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3773 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3774 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3775 @end smallexample
3776
3777 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3778 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3779 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint@footnote{This is
3780 actually a shortcut for @option{--checkpoint=@var{n}
3781 --checkpoint-action=dot}. @xref{checkpoints, dot}.}. For example:
3782
3783 @smallexample
3784 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3785 ...
3786 @end smallexample
3787
3788 The @option{--checkpoint} option provides a flexible mechanism for
3789 executing arbitrary actions upon hitting checkpoints, see the next
3790 section (@pxref{checkpoints}), for more information on it.
3791
3792 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3793 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3794 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3795 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3796 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3797 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3798 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3799 it might be excluded by the use of the
3800 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3801
3802 @opindex block-number
3803 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3804 @anchor{block-number}
3805 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3806 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3807 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3808 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3809 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive is properly terminated
3810 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3811 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3812 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3813 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3814 archive from a pipe.
3815
3816 @cindex Error message, block number of
3817 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3818 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3819 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3820 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3821 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3822 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3823
3824 @node checkpoints
3825 @section Checkpoints
3826 @cindex checkpoints, defined
3827 @opindex checkpoint
3828 @opindex checkpoint-action
3829
3830 A @dfn{checkpoint} is a moment of time before writing @var{n}th record to
3831 the archive (a @dfn{write checkpoint}), or before reading @var{n}th record
3832 from the archive (a @dfn{read checkpoint}). Checkpoints allow to
3833 periodically execute arbitrary actions.
3834
3835 The checkpoint facility is enabled using the following option:
3836
3837 @table @option
3838 @xopindex{checkpoint, defined}
3839 @item --checkpoint[=@var{n}]
3840 Schedule checkpoints before writing or reading each @var{n}th record.
3841 The default value for @var{n} is 10.
3842 @end table
3843
3844 A list of arbitrary @dfn{actions} can be executed at each checkpoint.
3845 These actions include: pausing, displaying textual messages, and
3846 executing arbitrary external programs. Actions are defined using
3847 the @option{--checkpoint-action} option.
3848
3849 @table @option
3850 @xopindex{checkpoint-action, defined}
3851 @item --checkpoint-action=@var{action}
3852 Execute an @var{action} at each checkpoint.
3853 @end table
3854
3855 @cindex @code{echo}, checkpoint action
3856 The simplest value of @var{action} is @samp{echo}. It instructs
3857 @command{tar} to display the default message on the standard error
3858 stream upon arriving at each checkpoint. The default message is (in
3859 @acronym{POSIX} locale) @samp{Write checkpoint @var{n}}, for write
3860 checkpoints, and @samp{Read checkpoint @var{n}}, for read checkpoints.
3861 Here, @var{n} represents ordinal number of the checkpoint.
3862
3863 In another locales, translated versions of this message are used.
3864
3865 This is the default action, so running:
3866
3867 @smallexample
3868 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=echo} /var
3869 @end smallexample
3870
3871 @noindent
3872 is equivalent to:
3873
3874 @smallexample
3875 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3876 @end smallexample
3877
3878 The @samp{echo} action also allows to supply a customized message.
3879 You do so by placing an equals sign and the message right after it,
3880 e.g.:
3881
3882 @smallexample
3883 --checkpoint-action="echo=Hit %s checkpoint #%u"
3884 @end smallexample
3885
3886 The @samp{%s} and @samp{%u} in the above example are
3887 @dfn{meta-characters}. The @samp{%s} meta-character is replaced with
3888 the @dfn{type} of the checkpoint: @samp{write} or
3889 @samp{read} (or a corresponding translated version in locales other
3890 than @acronym{POSIX}). The @samp{%u} meta-character is replaced with
3891 the ordinal number of the checkpoint. Thus, the above example could
3892 produce the following output when used with the @option{--create}
3893 option:
3894
3895 @smallexample
3896 tar: Hit write checkpoint #10
3897 tar: Hit write checkpoint #20
3898 tar: Hit write checkpoint #30
3899 @end smallexample
3900
3901 Aside from meta-character expansion, the message string is subject to
3902 @dfn{unquoting}, during which the backslash @dfn{escape sequences} are
3903 replaced with their corresponding @acronym{ASCII} characters
3904 (@pxref{escape sequences}). E.g. the following action will produce an
3905 audible bell and the message described above at each checkpoint:
3906
3907 @smallexample
3908 --checkpoint-action='echo=\aHit %s checkpoint #%u'
3909 @end smallexample
3910
3911 @cindex @code{bell}, checkpoint action
3912 There is also a special action which produces an audible signal:
3913 @samp{bell}. It is not equivalent to @samp{echo='\a'}, because
3914 @samp{bell} sends the bell directly to the console (@file{/dev/tty}),
3915 whereas @samp{echo='\a'} sends it to the standard error.
3916
3917 @cindex @code{ttyout}, checkpoint action
3918 The @samp{ttyout=@var{string}} action outputs @var{string} to
3919 @file{/dev/tty}, so it can be used even if the standard output is
3920 redirected elsewhere. The @var{string} is subject to the same
3921 modifications as with @samp{echo} action. In contrast to the latter,
3922 @samp{ttyout} does not prepend @command{tar} executable name to the
3923 string, nor does it output a newline after it. For example, the
3924 following action will print the checkpoint message at the same screen
3925 line, overwriting any previous message:
3926
3927 @smallexample
3928 --checkpoint-action="ttyout=\rHit %s checkpoint #%u"
3929 @end smallexample
3930
3931 @cindex @code{dot}, checkpoint action
3932 Another available checkpoint action is @samp{dot} (or @samp{.}). It
3933 instructs @command{tar} to print a single dot on the standard listing
3934 stream, e.g.:
3935
3936 @smallexample
3937 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=dot} /var
3938 ...
3939 @end smallexample
3940
3941 For compatibility with previous @GNUTAR{} versions, this action can
3942 be abbreviated by placing a dot in front of the checkpoint frequency,
3943 as shown in the previous section.
3944
3945 @cindex @code{sleep}, checkpoint action
3946 Yet another action, @samp{sleep}, pauses @command{tar} for a specified
3947 amount of seconds. The following example will stop for 30 seconds at each
3948 checkpoint:
3949
3950 @smallexample
3951 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=sleep=30}
3952 @end smallexample
3953
3954 @cindex @code{exec}, checkpoint action
3955 Finally, the @code{exec} action executes a given external program.
3956 For example:
3957
3958 @smallexample
3959 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000 --checkpoint-action=exec=/sbin/cpoint}
3960 @end smallexample
3961
3962 This program is executed using @command{/bin/sh -c}, with no
3963 additional arguments. Its exit code is ignored. It gets a copy of
3964 @command{tar}'s environment plus the following variables:
3965
3966 @table @env
3967 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, checkpoint script environment
3968 @item TAR_VERSION
3969 @GNUTAR{} version number.
3970
3971 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, checkpoint script environment
3972 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
3973 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
3974
3975 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, checkpoint script environment
3976 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
3977 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}).
3978
3979 @vrindex TAR_CHECKPOINT, checkpoint script environment
3980 @item TAR_CHECKPOINT
3981 Number of the checkpoint.
3982
3983 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, checkpoint script environment
3984 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
3985 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing.
3986 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
3987
3988 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, checkpoint script environment
3989 @item TAR_FORMAT
3990 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
3991 list of archive format names.
3992 @end table
3993
3994 Any number of actions can be defined, by supplying several
3995 @option{--checkpoint-action} options in the command line. For
3996 example, the command below displays two messages, pauses
3997 execution for 30 seconds and executes the @file{/sbin/cpoint} script:
3998
3999 @example
4000 @group
4001 $ @kbd{tar -c -f arc.tar \
4002 --checkpoint-action='\aecho=Hit %s checkpoint #%u' \
4003 --checkpoint-action='echo=Sleeping for 30 seconds' \
4004 --checkpoint-action='sleep=30' \
4005 --checkpoint-action='exec=/sbin/cpoint'}
4006 @end group
4007 @end example
4008
4009 This example also illustrates the fact that
4010 @option{--checkpoint-action} can be used without
4011 @option{--checkpoint}. In this case, the default checkpoint frequency
4012 (at each 10th record) is assumed.
4013
4014 @node warnings
4015 @section Controlling Warning Messages
4016
4017 Sometimes, while performing the requested task, @GNUTAR{} notices
4018 some conditions that are not exactly erros, but which the user
4019 should be aware of. When this happens, @command{tar} issues a
4020 @dfn{warning message} describing the condition. Warning messages
4021 are output to the standard error and they do not affect the exit
4022 code of @command{tar} command.
4023
4024 @xopindex{warning, explained}
4025 @GNUTAR{} allows the user to suppress some or all of its warning
4026 messages:
4027
4028 @table @option
4029 @item --warning=@var{keyword}
4030 Control display of the warning messages identified by @var{keyword}.
4031 If @var{keyword} starts with the prefix @samp{no-}, such messages are
4032 suppressed. Otherwise, they are enabled.
4033
4034 Multiple @option{--warning} messages accumulate.
4035
4036 The tables below list allowed values for @var{keyword} along with the
4037 warning messages they control.
4038 @end table
4039
4040 @subheading Keywords controlling @command{tar} operation
4041 @table @asis
4042 @kwindex all
4043 @item all
4044 Enable all warning messages. This is the default.
4045 @kwindex none
4046 @item none
4047 Disable all warning messages.
4048 @kwindex filename-with-nuls
4049 @cindex @samp{file name read contains nul character}, warning message
4050 @item filename-with-nuls
4051 @samp{%s: file name read contains nul character}
4052 @kwindex alone-zero-block
4053 @cindex @samp{A lone zero block at}, warning message
4054 @item alone-zero-block
4055 @samp{A lone zero block at %s}
4056 @end table
4057
4058 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --create}
4059 @table @asis
4060 @kwindex cachedir
4061 @cindex @samp{contains a cache directory tag}, warning message
4062 @item cachedir
4063 @samp{%s: contains a cache directory tag %s; %s}
4064 @kwindex file-shrank
4065 @cindex @samp{File shrank by %s bytes}, warning message
4066 @item file-shrank
4067 @samp{%s: File shrank by %s bytes; padding with zeros}
4068 @kwindex xdev
4069 @cindex @samp{file is on a different filesystem}, warning message
4070 @item xdev
4071 @samp{%s: file is on a different filesystem; not dumped}
4072 @kwindex file-ignored
4073 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type; file ignored}, warning message
4074 @cindex @samp{socket ignored}, warning message
4075 @cindex @samp{door ignored}, warning message
4076 @item file-ignored
4077 @samp{%s: Unknown file type; file ignored}
4078 @samp{%s: socket ignored}
4079 @*@samp{%s: door ignored}
4080 @kwindex file-unchanged
4081 @cindex @samp{file is unchanged; not dumped}, warning message
4082 @item file-unchanged
4083 @samp{%s: file is unchanged; not dumped}
4084 @kwindex ignore-archive
4085 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4086 @kwindex ignore-archive
4087 @cindex @samp{file is the archive; not dumped}, warning message
4088 @item ignore-archive
4089 @samp{%s: file is the archive; not dumped}
4090 @kwindex file-removed
4091 @cindex @samp{File removed before we read it}, warning message
4092 @item file-removed
4093 @samp{%s: File removed before we read it}
4094 @kwindex file-changed
4095 @cindex @samp{file changed as we read it}, warning message
4096 @item file-changed
4097 @samp{%s: file changed as we read it}
4098 @end table
4099
4100 @subheading Keywords applicable for @command{tar --extract}
4101 @table @asis
4102 @kwindex timestamp
4103 @cindex @samp{implausibly old time stamp %s}, warning message
4104 @cindex @samp{time stamp %s is %s s in the future}, warning message
4105 @item timestamp
4106 @samp{%s: implausibly old time stamp %s}
4107 @*@samp{%s: time stamp %s is %s s in the future}
4108 @kwindex contiguous-cast
4109 @cindex @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}, warning message
4110 @item contiguous-cast
4111 @samp{Extracting contiguous files as regular files}
4112 @kwindex symlink-cast
4113 @cindex @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}, warning message
4114 @item symlink-cast
4115 @samp{Attempting extraction of symbolic links as hard links}
4116 @kwindex unknown-cast
4117 @cindex @samp{Unknown file type `%c', extracted as normal file}, warning message
4118 @item unknown-cast
4119 @samp{%s: Unknown file type `%c', extracted as normal file}
4120 @kwindex ignore-newer
4121 @cindex @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}, warning message
4122 @item ignore-newer
4123 @samp{Current %s is newer or same age}
4124 @kwindex unknown-keyword
4125 @cindex @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword `%s'}, warning message
4126 @item unknown-keyword
4127 @samp{Ignoring unknown extended header keyword `%s'}
4128 @end table
4129
4130 @subheading Keywords controlling incremental extraction:
4131 @table @asis
4132 @kwindex rename-directory
4133 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}, warning message
4134 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}, warning message
4135 @item rename-directory
4136 @samp{%s: Directory has been renamed from %s}
4137 @*@samp{%s: Directory has been renamed}
4138 @kwindex new-directory
4139 @cindex @samp{%s: Directory is new}, warning message
4140 @item new-directory
4141 @samp{%s: Directory is new}
4142 @kwindex xdev
4143 @cindex @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}, warning message
4144 @item xdev
4145 @samp{%s: directory is on a different device: not purging}
4146 @kwindex bad-dumpdir
4147 @cindex @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}, warning message
4148 @item bad-dumpdir
4149 @samp{Malformed dumpdir: 'X' never used}
4150 @end table
4151
4152 @node interactive
4153 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
4154 @cindex Interactive operation
4155
4156 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
4157 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
4158 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
4159 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
4160 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
4161 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
4162 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
4163
4164 @opindex interactive
4165 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
4166 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
4167 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
4168 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
4169 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
4170 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
4171 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
4172 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
4173 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
4174
4175 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
4176 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
4177 communications.
4178
4179 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
4180 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
4181 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
4182 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
4183 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
4184 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
4185 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
4186 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
4187 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
4188 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
4189 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
4190
4191 @node operations
4192 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
4193
4194 @menu
4195 * Basic tar::
4196 * Advanced tar::
4197 * create options::
4198 * extract options::
4199 * backup::
4200 * Applications::
4201 * looking ahead::
4202 @end menu
4203
4204 @node Basic tar
4205 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
4206
4207 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
4208 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4209 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
4210 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
4211 for these operations.
4212
4213 @table @option
4214 @xopindex{create, complementary notes}
4215 @item --create
4216 @itemx -c
4217
4218 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
4219 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
4220 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
4221 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
4222 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
4223 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
4224 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
4225 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
4226 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
4227
4228 @enumerate
4229 @item
4230 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
4231 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
4232 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
4233 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
4234 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
4235 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
4236
4237 @item
4238 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
4239 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
4240 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
4241 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
4242 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
4243 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
4244 @end enumerate
4245
4246 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophic nature of these
4247 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
4248 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
4249 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
4250 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
4251 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
4252 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
4253 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
4254 the following commands:
4255
4256 @smallexample
4257 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
4258 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
4259 @end smallexample
4260
4261 @xopindex{extract, complementary notes}
4262 @item --extract
4263 @itemx --get
4264 @itemx -x
4265
4266 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
4267
4268 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
4269
4270 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
4271 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
4272 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
4273 be made available again with full date localization support, once
4274 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
4275 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
4276
4277 Look up @url{http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/@/~mgk25/@/iso-time.html} if you
4278 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
4279
4280 @end table
4281
4282 @node Advanced tar
4283 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
4284
4285 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
4286 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
4287
4288 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
4289 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
4290 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
4291 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
4292 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
4293 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
4294 error correction in special circumstances.
4295
4296 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
4297 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
4298
4299 @menu
4300 * Operations::
4301 * append::
4302 * update::
4303 * concatenate::
4304 * delete::
4305 * compare::
4306 @end menu
4307
4308 @node Operations
4309 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
4310
4311 @cindex basic operations
4312 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
4313 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
4314 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
4315 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
4316
4317 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
4318 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
4319 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
4320 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
4321 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
4322 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
4323 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
4324 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
4325
4326 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
4327 @samp{bfiles.tar}. The archive @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
4328 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}; @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
4329 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
4330
4331 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
4332 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
4333 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
4334 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
4335 where the last chapter left them.)
4336
4337 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
4338
4339 @table @option
4340 @item --append
4341 @itemx -r
4342 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
4343 @item --update
4344 @itemx -u
4345 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
4346 they exist.
4347 @item --concatenate
4348 @itemx --catenate
4349 @itemx -A
4350 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
4351 @item --delete
4352 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
4353 @item --compare
4354 @itemx --diff
4355 @itemx -d
4356 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
4357 @end table
4358
4359 @node append
4360 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
4361
4362 @cindex appending files to existing archive
4363 @opindex append
4364 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
4365 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
4366 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
4367 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
4368 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
4369 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
4370
4371 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
4372 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
4373 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
4374 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
4375 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
4376 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
4377 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
4378 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
4379
4380 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
4381 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
4382 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
4383 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
4384 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
4385 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
4386 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
4387 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
4388 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
4389 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
4390 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
4391 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
4392 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
4393 extracted before it, and so on.
4394
4395 @cindex extracting @var{n}th copy of the file
4396 @xopindex{occurrence, described}
4397 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
4398 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
4399 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
4400 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
4401 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
4402 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
4403 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
4404 the command
4405
4406 @smallexample
4407 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
4408 @end smallexample
4409
4410 @noindent
4411 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
4412 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
4413 option.
4414
4415 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
4416 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
4417
4418 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
4419 with the Same Name.}
4420
4421 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
4422 @cindex Replacing members with other members
4423 @xopindex{delete, using before --append}
4424 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
4425 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, and then use
4426 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
4427 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
4428 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
4429 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
4430 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
4431 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
4432
4433 @menu
4434 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
4435 * multiple::
4436 @end menu
4437
4438 @node appending files
4439 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
4440 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
4441 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
4442 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
4443 @opindex append
4444
4445 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
4446 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
4447 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
4448 archived files.
4449
4450 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
4451 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
4452 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
4453 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
4454 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
4455 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
4456 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
4457
4458 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
4459 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
4460 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
4461 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
4462
4463 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
4464 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
4465 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
4466 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
4467 @file{collection.tar}:
4468
4469 @smallexample
4470 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
4471 @end smallexample
4472
4473 @noindent
4474 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
4475 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
4476
4477 @smallexample
4478 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4479 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4480 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4481 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4482 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4483 @end smallexample
4484
4485 @node multiple
4486 @subsubsection Multiple Members with the Same Name
4487 @cindex members, multiple
4488 @cindex multiple members
4489
4490 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
4491 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
4492 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
4493 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
4494 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
4495 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
4496 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
4497 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
4498 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
4499 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
4500 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
4501 all versions of the file.
4502
4503 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
4504 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
4505 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
4506 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
4507 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
4508 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
4509 newer version when it is extracted.
4510
4511 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
4512 archive in this way:
4513
4514 @smallexample
4515 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
4516 blues
4517 @end smallexample
4518
4519 @noindent
4520 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
4521 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
4522 list the contents of the archive:
4523
4524 @smallexample
4525 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
4526 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
4527 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4528 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4529 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
4530 -rw-r--r-- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
4531 @end smallexample
4532
4533 @noindent
4534 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
4535 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
4536 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
4537 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
4538 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
4539
4540 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
4541 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
4542 the following example:
4543
4544 @smallexample
4545 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
4546 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
4547 @end smallexample
4548
4549 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
4550 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
4551 @option{--occurrence} option.
4552
4553 @node update
4554 @subsection Updating an Archive
4555 @cindex Updating an archive
4556 @opindex update
4557
4558 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
4559 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
4560 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
4561 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
4562 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
4563 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
4564 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
4565 @option{--append}).
4566
4567 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
4568 The operation will fail.
4569
4570 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
4571 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
4572
4573 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
4574 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
4575 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
4576 the @option{--backup} option. @xref{multiple}, for a detailed discussion.
4577
4578 @menu
4579 * how to update::
4580 @end menu
4581
4582 @node how to update
4583 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
4584 @opindex update
4585
4586 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4587 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4588 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4589 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4590
4591 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4592 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4593
4594 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4595 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4596 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4597 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4598 option specified, using the names of all the files in the practice
4599 directory as file name arguments:
4600
4601 @smallexample
4602 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4603 blues
4604 classical
4605 $
4606 @end smallexample
4607
4608 @noindent
4609 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4610 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4611 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4612 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4613 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4614 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4615 updating it.
4616
4617 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4618 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4619 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4620 information about tapes.
4621
4622 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4623 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4624 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4625 options intended specifically for backups are more
4626 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4627
4628 @node concatenate
4629 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4630
4631 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4632 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4633 @opindex concatenate
4634 @opindex catenate
4635 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4636 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4637 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4638 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4639 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4640
4641 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4642 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4643 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4644 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4645 @footnote{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4646 information on how this affects reading the archive, @ref{multiple}.}
4647 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4648 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4649 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4650 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4651
4652 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4653
4654 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4655 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4656 files from @file{practice}:
4657
4658 @smallexample
4659 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4660 blues
4661 rock
4662 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4663 folk
4664 jazz
4665 @end smallexample
4666
4667 @noindent
4668 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4669 contain what they are supposed to:
4670
4671 @smallexample
4672 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4673 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4674 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4675 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4676 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4677 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4678 @end smallexample
4679
4680 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4681
4682 @smallexample
4683 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4684 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4685 @end smallexample
4686
4687 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4688 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4689
4690 @smallexample
4691 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4692 blues
4693 rock
4694 folk
4695 jazz
4696 @end smallexample
4697
4698 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4699 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4700 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4701 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4702 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4703
4704 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4705 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4706
4707 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4708 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4709 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4710 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4711 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4712
4713 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4714 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4715 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4716 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4717 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4718 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4719 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4720 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4721 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4722 @command{cat} shell utility.
4723
4724 @node delete
4725 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4726 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4727 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4728
4729 @opindex delete
4730 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4731 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4732 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4733 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4734 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4735 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4736 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4737 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4738 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4739
4740 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4741
4742 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4743 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4744 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4745 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4746 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4747 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4748 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4749 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4750 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4751 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4752
4753 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4754 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4755 are in that directory, and then,
4756
4757 @smallexample
4758 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4759 blues
4760 folk
4761 jazz
4762 rock
4763 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4764 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4765 folk
4766 jazz
4767 rock
4768 $
4769 @end smallexample
4770
4771 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4772 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4773
4774 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4775 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4776
4777 @node compare
4778 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4779 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4780
4781 @opindex compare
4782 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4783 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4784 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4785 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4786 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4787 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4788 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4789
4790 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4791 archive with a non-default record size.
4792
4793 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4794 corresponding members in the archive.
4795
4796 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4797 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4798 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4799 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4800
4801 @smallexample
4802 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4803 rock
4804 blues
4805 tar: funk not found in archive
4806 @end smallexample
4807
4808 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4809 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4810 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4811 the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4812
4813 @node create options
4814 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4815
4816 @xopindex{create, additional options}
4817 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4818 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4819 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4820 @option{--create}.
4821
4822 @menu
4823 * override:: Overriding File Metadata.
4824 * Ignore Failed Read::
4825 @end menu
4826
4827 @node override
4828 @subsection Overriding File Metadata
4829
4830 As described above, a @command{tar} archive keeps, for each member it contains,
4831 its @dfn{metadata}, such as modification time, mode and ownership of
4832 the file. @GNUTAR{} allows to replace these data with other values
4833 when adding files to the archive. The options described in this
4834 section affect creation of archives of any type. For POSIX archives,
4835 see also @ref{PAX keywords}, for additional ways of controlling
4836 metadata, stored in the archive.
4837
4838 @table @option
4839 @opindex mode
4840 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
4841
4842 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
4843 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
4844 from the files. @var{permissions} can be specified either as an octal
4845 number or as symbolic permissions, like with
4846 @command{chmod} (@xref{File permissions, Permissions, File
4847 permissions, fileutils, @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference
4848 also has useful information for those not being overly familiar with
4849 the UNIX permission system). Using latter syntax allows for
4850 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
4851 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
4852 or on any other file already marked as executable:
4853
4854 @smallexample
4855 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mode='a+rw' .}
4856 @end smallexample
4857
4858 @item --mtime=@var{date}
4859 @opindex mtime
4860
4861 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use @var{date} as
4862 the modification time of members when creating archives, instead of
4863 their actual modification times. The argument @var{date} can be
4864 either a textual date representation in almost arbitrary format
4865 (@pxref{Date input formats}) or a name of the existing file, starting
4866 with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter case, the modification time
4867 of that file will be used.
4868
4869 The following example will set the modification date to 00:00:00 UTC,
4870 January 1, 1970:
4871
4872 @smallexample
4873 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --mtime='1970-01-01' .}
4874 @end smallexample
4875
4876 @noindent
4877 When used with @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{}
4878 will try to convert the specified date back to its textual
4879 representation and compare it with the one given with
4880 @option{--mtime} options. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
4881 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
4882 ensure he is using the right date.
4883
4884 For example:
4885
4886 @smallexample
4887 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -v --mtime=yesterday .}
4888 tar: Option --mtime: Treating date `yesterday' as 2006-06-20
4889 13:06:29.152478
4890 @dots{}
4891 @end smallexample
4892
4893 @item --owner=@var{user}
4894 @opindex owner
4895
4896 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
4897 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
4898 file. The argument @var{user} can be either an existing user symbolic
4899 name, or a decimal numeric user @acronym{ID}.
4900
4901 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
4902 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
4903 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
4904 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous
4905 archives. For example:
4906
4907 @smallexample
4908 @group
4909 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=0 .}
4910 # @r{Or:}
4911 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --owner=root .}
4912 @end group
4913 @end smallexample
4914
4915 @item --group=@var{group}
4916 @opindex group
4917
4918 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group @acronym{ID} of @var{group},
4919 rather than the group from the source file. The argument @var{group}
4920 can be either an existing group symbolic name, or a decimal numeric group @acronym{ID}.
4921 @end table
4922
4923 @node Ignore Failed Read
4924 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4925
4926 @table @option
4927 @item --ignore-failed-read
4928 @opindex ignore-failed-read
4929 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4930 @end table
4931
4932 @node extract options
4933 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4934 @cindex options for use with @option{--extract}
4935
4936 @xopindex{extract, additional options}
4937 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4938 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4939 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4940 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4941 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4942 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4943 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4944 @option{--extract} operation.
4945
4946 @menu
4947 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4948 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4949 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4950 @end menu
4951
4952 @node Reading
4953 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4954 @cindex Options when reading archives
4955
4956 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4957 @cindex Records, incomplete
4958 @opindex read-full-records
4959 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4960 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4961 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4962 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4963 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4964 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4965 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4966 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4967 @xref{Blocking}.
4968
4969 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4970 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4971 machine. This is because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, attempting to read a
4972 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4973 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4974 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4975
4976 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4977 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4978 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4979 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4980 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4981 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4982
4983 @menu
4984 * read full records::
4985 * Ignore Zeros::
4986 @end menu
4987
4988 @node read full records
4989 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4990
4991 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4992
4993 @table @option
4994 @opindex read-full-records
4995 @item --read-full-records
4996 @item -B
4997 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4998 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4999 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
5000 @end table
5001
5002 @node Ignore Zeros
5003 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
5004
5005 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
5006 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
5007 @opindex ignore-zeros
5008 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
5009 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
5010 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
5011 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
5012 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
5013 several archives together).
5014
5015 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
5016 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
5017 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
5018 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
5019 maintain compatibility among archiving utilities.
5020
5021 @table @option
5022 @item --ignore-zeros
5023 @itemx -i
5024 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
5025 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
5026 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
5027 @end table
5028
5029 @node Writing
5030 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
5031 @UNREVISED
5032
5033 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
5034
5035 @menu
5036 * Dealing with Old Files::
5037 * Overwrite Old Files::
5038 * Keep Old Files::
5039 * Keep Newer Files::
5040 * Unlink First::
5041 * Recursive Unlink::
5042 * Data Modification Times::
5043 * Setting Access Permissions::
5044 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
5045 * Writing to Standard Output::
5046 * Writing to an External Program::
5047 * remove files::
5048 @end menu
5049
5050 @node Dealing with Old Files
5051 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
5052
5053 @xopindex{overwrite-dir, introduced}
5054 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
5055 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
5056 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
5057 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
5058 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
5059 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
5060 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
5061 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
5062 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
5063
5064 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
5065 @xopindex{keep-old-files, introduced}
5066 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
5067 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
5068 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
5069 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
5070 member. Instead, it reports an error.
5071
5072 @xopindex{overwrite, introduced}
5073 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
5074 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
5075 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
5076
5077 @cindex Protecting old files
5078 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
5079 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
5080 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
5081 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
5082 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
5083 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
5084 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
5085 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
5086 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
5087 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
5088 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
5089 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
5090 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
5091 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
5092 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
5093 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
5094 removed.
5095
5096 @xopindex{unlink-first, introduced}
5097 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
5098 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
5099 before extracting them.
5100
5101 @node Overwrite Old Files
5102 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
5103
5104 @table @option
5105 @opindex overwrite
5106 @item --overwrite
5107 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
5108 from an archive.
5109
5110 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
5111 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
5112 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
5113 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
5114 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
5115 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
5116 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
5117 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
5118 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
5119 they are in the way of extraction.
5120
5121 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
5122 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
5123 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
5124 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
5125 are currently being executed.
5126
5127 @opindex overwrite-dir
5128 @item --overwrite-dir
5129 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
5130 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
5131 @end table
5132
5133 @node Keep Old Files
5134 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
5135
5136 @table @option
5137 @opindex keep-old-files
5138 @item --keep-old-files
5139 @itemx -k
5140 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
5141 @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
5142 from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
5143 archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
5144 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
5145 files in the file system during extraction.
5146 @end table
5147
5148 @node Keep Newer Files
5149 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
5150
5151 @table @option
5152 @opindex keep-newer-files
5153 @item --keep-newer-files
5154 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
5155 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5156 @end table
5157
5158 @node Unlink First
5159 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
5160
5161 @table @option
5162 @opindex unlink-first
5163 @item --unlink-first
5164 @itemx -U
5165 Remove files before extracting over them.
5166 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
5167 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
5168 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
5169 @end table
5170
5171 @node Recursive Unlink
5172 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
5173
5174 @table @option
5175 @opindex recursive-unlink
5176 @item --recursive-unlink
5177 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
5178 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
5179 @end table
5180
5181 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
5182 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
5183 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
5184 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
5185
5186 @node Data Modification Times
5187 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
5188
5189 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
5190 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
5191 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
5192 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
5193 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
5194 setting.
5195
5196 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
5197 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
5198 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5199
5200 @table @option
5201 @opindex touch
5202 @item --touch
5203 @itemx -m
5204 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
5205 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
5206 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5207 @end table
5208
5209 @node Setting Access Permissions
5210 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
5211
5212 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
5213 @cindex Modes of extracted files
5214 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
5215 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
5216 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
5217 @option{-x}) operation.
5218
5219 @table @option
5220 @opindex preserve-permissions
5221 @opindex same-permissions
5222 @item --preserve-permissions
5223 @itemx --same-permissions
5224 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
5225 @itemx -p
5226 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
5227 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
5228 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5229 @end table
5230
5231 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5232 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
5233
5234 After successfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
5235 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
5236 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
5237 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
5238 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
5239 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
5240 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
5241 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
5242 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
5243 restores directories using the following approach.
5244
5245 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
5246 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
5247 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
5248 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
5249 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
5250 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
5251 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
5252 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
5253 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
5254 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
5255 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
5256 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
5257 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
5258 subdirectories in that directory.
5259
5260 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
5261 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
5262 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
5263 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
5264 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
5265 remembers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
5266 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
5267 not need to specify any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
5268 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
5269
5270 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
5271 too. Consider the following example:
5272
5273 @smallexample
5274 @group
5275 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
5276 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
5277 foo/
5278 foo/file1
5279 bar/
5280 bar/file
5281 foo/file2
5282 @end group
5283 @end smallexample
5284
5285 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
5286 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
5287 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
5288 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
5289 directory timestamp will be offset again.
5290
5291 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
5292 @option{delay-directory-restore} command line option:
5293
5294 @table @option
5295 @opindex delay-directory-restore
5296 @item --delay-directory-restore
5297 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
5298 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
5299 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
5300 ordering.
5301
5302 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
5303 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
5304 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
5305 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
5306 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
5307 temporarily disable it.
5308 @end table
5309
5310 @node Writing to Standard Output
5311 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
5312
5313 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
5314 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
5315 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
5316 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
5317 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
5318 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
5319 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
5320 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
5321 found in the archive.
5322
5323 @table @option
5324 @opindex to-stdout
5325 @item --to-stdout
5326 @itemx -O
5327 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
5328 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
5329 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
5330 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
5331 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
5332 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
5333 (@option{-t}).
5334 @end table
5335
5336 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
5337 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
5338 it. You can use a command like this:
5339
5340 @smallexample
5341 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
5342 @end smallexample
5343
5344 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
5345
5346 @smallexample
5347 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
5348 @end smallexample
5349
5350 However, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
5351 multiple files. See the next section.
5352
5353 @node Writing to an External Program
5354 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
5355
5356 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
5357 file to the standard input of an external program:
5358
5359 @table @option
5360 @opindex to-command
5361 @item --to-command=@var{command}
5362 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
5363 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
5364 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
5365 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
5366 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
5367 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
5368 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
5369 option is used.
5370 @end table
5371
5372 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
5373 from the following environment variables:
5374
5375 @table @env
5376 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
5377 @item TAR_FILETYPE
5378 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
5379
5380 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
5381 @item f @tab Regular file
5382 @item d @tab Directory
5383 @item l @tab Symbolic link
5384 @item h @tab Hard link
5385 @item b @tab Block device
5386 @item c @tab Character device
5387 @end multitable
5388
5389 Currently only regular files are supported.
5390
5391 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
5392 @item TAR_MODE
5393 File mode, an octal number.
5394
5395 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
5396 @item TAR_FILENAME
5397 The name of the file.
5398
5399 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
5400 @item TAR_REALNAME
5401 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
5402
5403 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
5404 @item TAR_UNAME
5405 Name of the file owner.
5406
5407 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
5408 @item TAR_GNAME
5409 Name of the file owner group.
5410
5411 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
5412 @item TAR_ATIME
5413 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
5414 since the Epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
5415 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
5416 decimal point.
5417
5418 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
5419 @item TAR_MTIME
5420 Time of last modification.
5421
5422 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
5423 @item TAR_CTIME
5424 Time of last status change.
5425
5426 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
5427 @item TAR_SIZE
5428 Size of the file.
5429
5430 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
5431 @item TAR_UID
5432 UID of the file owner.
5433
5434 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
5435 @item TAR_GID
5436 GID of the file owner.
5437 @end table
5438
5439 Additionally, the following variables contain information about
5440 tar mode and the archive being processed:
5441
5442 @table @env
5443 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, to-command environment
5444 @item TAR_VERSION
5445 @GNUTAR{} version number.
5446
5447 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, to-command environment
5448 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
5449 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
5450
5451 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, to-command environment
5452 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
5453 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}.
5454
5455 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, to-command environment
5456 @item TAR_VOLUME
5457 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is processing.
5458
5459 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, to-command environment
5460 @item TAR_FORMAT
5461 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
5462 list of archive format names.
5463 @end table
5464
5465 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
5466 an error message similar to the following:
5467
5468 @smallexample
5469 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
5470 @end smallexample
5471
5472 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
5473
5474 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
5475
5476 @table @option
5477 @opindex ignore-command-error
5478 @item --ignore-command-error
5479 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
5480 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
5481 will be printed even if this option is used.
5482
5483 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
5484 @item --no-ignore-command-error
5485 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
5486 option. This option is useful if you have set
5487 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
5488 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
5489 @end table
5490
5491 @node remove files
5492 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
5493
5494 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
5495 maybe?}
5496
5497 @table @option
5498 @opindex remove-files
5499 @item --remove-files
5500 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
5501 @end table
5502
5503 @node Scarce
5504 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
5505 @UNREVISED
5506
5507 @cindex Small memory
5508 @cindex Running out of space
5509
5510 @menu
5511 * Starting File::
5512 * Same Order::
5513 @end menu
5514
5515 @node Starting File
5516 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
5517
5518 @table @option
5519 @opindex starting-file
5520 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
5521 @itemx -K @var{name}
5522 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
5523 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
5524 @end table
5525
5526 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
5527 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
5528 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
5529 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
5530 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
5531 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
5532 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
5533 the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
5534 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
5535 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
5536
5537 @node Same Order
5538 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
5539
5540 @table @option
5541 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
5542 @opindex same-order
5543 @opindex preserve-order
5544 @item --same-order
5545 @itemx --preserve-order
5546 @itemx -s
5547 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
5548 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
5549 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
5550 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
5551 @end table
5552
5553 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
5554 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
5555 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
5556 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
5557 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
5558 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
5559
5560 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
5561
5562 @node backup
5563 @section Backup options
5564
5565 @cindex backup options
5566
5567 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
5568 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
5569 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
5570 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
5571 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
5572 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
5573
5574 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
5575 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
5576 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
5577 as having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
5578 @FIXME{This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
5579 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.}
5580 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
5581 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
5582 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
5583 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
5584
5585 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
5586 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
5587 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
5588 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
5589 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
5590 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
5591 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
5592 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
5593 refers to a remote file.
5594
5595 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
5596 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
5597 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
5598 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
5599 file are kept.
5600
5601 @table @samp
5602 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
5603 @opindex backup
5604 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
5605 @cindex backups
5606 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
5607 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
5608
5609 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
5610 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
5611 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
5612 use the @samp{existing} method.
5613
5614 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
5615 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
5616 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
5617 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
5618
5619 @table @samp
5620 @item t
5621 @itemx numbered
5622 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
5623 Always make numbered backups.
5624
5625 @item nil
5626 @itemx existing
5627 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
5628 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
5629 of the others.
5630
5631 @item never
5632 @itemx simple
5633 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
5634 Always make simple backups.
5635
5636 @end table
5637
5638 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
5639 @opindex suffix
5640 @cindex backup suffix
5641 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
5642 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
5643 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
5644 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
5645 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
5646
5647 @end table
5648
5649 @node Applications
5650 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
5651 @UNREVISED
5652
5653 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
5654 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
5655 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
5656
5657 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
5658
5659 @findex uuencode
5660 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
5661 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
5662 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
5663 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
5664 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
5665 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
5666 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
5667 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
5668
5669 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
5670 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
5671 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
5672 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
5673
5674 @smallexample
5675 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5676 @end smallexample
5677
5678 @noindent
5679 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
5680
5681 @smallexample
5682 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
5683 @end smallexample
5684
5685 @noindent
5686 The command also works using short option forms:
5687
5688 @smallexample
5689 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
5690 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
5691 # Or:
5692 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . ) \
5693 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5694 @end smallexample
5695
5696 @noindent
5697 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5698
5699 @node looking ahead
5700 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5701
5702 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5703 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5704 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5705 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5706 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5707 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5708 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5709 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5710 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5711 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5712
5713 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5714 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5715 @xref{files}.
5716
5717 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5718 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5719
5720 @node Backups
5721 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5722 @cindex backups
5723
5724 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts for performing backups
5725 and restores. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be
5726 satisfying to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5727 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
5728 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5729
5730 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5731 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5732 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5733 This is free software, and it is available from @uref{http://www.amanda.org}.
5734
5735 @FIXME{
5736
5737 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5738 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5739 distribution.
5740
5741 @itemize @bullet
5742 @item dumps
5743 @itemize @minus
5744 @item what are dumps
5745 @item different levels of dumps
5746 @itemize +
5747 @item full dump = dump everything
5748 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5749 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5750 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5751 @end itemize
5752 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5753 @itemize +
5754 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5755 @end itemize
5756 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5757 @itemize +
5758 @item how to customize
5759 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5760 @end itemize
5761 @item Problems
5762 @itemize +
5763 @item rsh doesn't work
5764 @item rtape isn't installed
5765 @item (others?)
5766 @end itemize
5767 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5768 @item tapes
5769 @itemize +
5770 @item write protection
5771 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5772 @item files and tape marks
5773 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5774 @item positioning the tape
5775 MT writes two at end of write,
5776 backspaces over one when writing again.
5777 @end itemize
5778 @end itemize
5779 @end itemize
5780 }
5781
5782 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5783 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5784
5785 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5786 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5787 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5788 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5789 called @dfn{dumps}.
5790
5791 @menu
5792 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5793 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5794 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5795 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5796 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5797 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5798 @end menu
5799
5800 @node Full Dumps
5801 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5802 @UNREVISED
5803
5804 @cindex full dumps
5805 @cindex dumps, full
5806
5807 @cindex corrupted archives
5808 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5809 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
5810 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5811 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5812 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5813 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5814
5815 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5816 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5817 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5818 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5819
5820 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5821 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5822 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5823
5824 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5825 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
5826 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5827 (sub)directories.
5828
5829 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5830 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5831 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5832 done onto a completely
5833 empty disk.
5834
5835 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5836 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5837 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5838 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5839 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5840 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5841
5842 @node Incremental Dumps
5843 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5844
5845 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5846 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5847 can be restored when extracting the archive.
5848
5849 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5850 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5851 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5852
5853 @xopindex{listed-incremental, described}
5854 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5855 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5856 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
5857 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5858 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5859 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5860 to the option:
5861
5862 @table @option
5863 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5864 @itemx -g @var{file}
5865 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5866 @end table
5867
5868 To create an incremental backup, you would use
5869 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5870 (@pxref{create}). For example:
5871
5872 @smallexample
5873 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5874 --file=archive.1.tar \
5875 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5876 /usr}
5877 @end smallexample
5878
5879 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5880 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5881 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
5882 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5883 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5884
5885 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5886 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
5887 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
5888 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5889 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5890
5891 @smallexample
5892 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5893 /usr/local/db/data
5894 /usr/local/db/index
5895 @end smallexample
5896
5897 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
5898 then see:
5899
5900 @smallexample
5901 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5902 --file=archive.2.tar \
5903 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5904 /usr}
5905 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5906 usr/local/db/
5907 usr/local/db/data
5908 usr/local/db/index
5909 @end smallexample
5910
5911 @noindent
5912 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5913 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
5914 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5915 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5916 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5917 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
5918
5919 @smallexample
5920 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5921 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5922 --file=archive.2.tar \
5923 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5924 /usr}
5925 @end smallexample
5926
5927 @anchor{--level=0}
5928 @xopindex{level, described}
5929 You can force @samp{level 0} backups either by removing the snapshot
5930 file before running @command{tar}, or by supplying the
5931 @option{--level=0} option, e.g.:
5932
5933 @smallexample
5934 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5935 --file=archive.2.tar \
5936 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-0 \
5937 --level=0 \
5938 /usr}
5939 @end smallexample
5940
5941 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5942 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5943 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5944 backwards.
5945
5946 @anchor{device numbers}
5947 @cindex Device numbers, using in incremental backups
5948 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5949 obviously are supposed to be a non-volatile values. However, it turns
5950 out that @acronym{NFS} devices have undependable values when an automounter
5951 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5952 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5953 two @acronym{NFS} devices numbers over time. The solution implemented
5954 currently is to considers all @acronym{NFS} devices as being equal
5955 when it comes to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but
5956 there does not seem to be a better way to go.
5957
5958 Apart from using @acronym{NFS}, there are a number of cases where
5959 relying on device numbers can cause spurious redumping of unmodified
5960 files. For example, this occurs when archiving @acronym{LVM} snapshot
5961 volumes. To avoid this, use @option{--no-check-device} option:
5962
5963 @table @option
5964 @xopindex{no-check-device, described}
5965 @item --no-check-device
5966 Do not rely on device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
5967 for an incremental dump.
5968
5969 @xopindex{check-device, described}
5970 @item --check-device
5971 Use device numbers when preparing a list of changed files
5972 for an incremental dump. This is the default behavior. The purpose
5973 of this option is to undo the effect of the @option{--no-check-device}
5974 if it was given in @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable
5975 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}).
5976 @end table
5977
5978 There is also another way to cope with changing device numbers. It is
5979 described in detail in @ref{Fixing Snapshot Files}.
5980
5981 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5982 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5983
5984 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}}
5985 @xopindex{extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
5986 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5987 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5988 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
5989 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5990 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
5991 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5992 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5993 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5994 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5995 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5996 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5997 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5998
5999 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
6000 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
6001 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
6002 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
6003 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
6004 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
6005 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
6006 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
6007 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
6008 were created without @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
6009 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
6010
6011 @smallexample
6012 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6013 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6014 --file archive.1.tar}
6015 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
6016 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
6017 --file archive.2.tar}
6018 @end smallexample
6019
6020 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
6021 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
6022 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
6023 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
6024 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
6025 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
6026 scripts.
6027
6028 @xopindex{incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6029 @xopindex{listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}}
6030 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--incremental}}
6031 @xopindex{list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}}
6032 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
6033 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
6034 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
6035 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
6036 especially, the binary output it produced were considered inconvenient
6037 and were changed in version 1.16}:
6038
6039 @smallexample
6040 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
6041 @end smallexample
6042
6043 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
6044 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
6045 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
6046 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
6047
6048 @smallexample
6049 @var{x} @var{file}
6050 @end smallexample
6051
6052 @noindent
6053 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
6054 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
6055 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
6056 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
6057 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
6058 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
6059 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
6060
6061 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
6062 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
6063 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
6064 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
6065 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
6066 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
6067
6068 @node Backup Levels
6069 @section Levels of Backups
6070
6071 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
6072 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
6073 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
6074 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
6075 are daily re-archived.
6076
6077 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
6078 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
6079 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
6080 dump.
6081
6082 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
6083 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
6084 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
6085 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
6086 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
6087 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
6088 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
6089 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
6090
6091 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
6092 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
6093 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
6094 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
6095 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
6096
6097 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
6098 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
6099 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
6100 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
6101 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
6102 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
6103
6104 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
6105 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
6106 their use in detail.
6107
6108 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
6109 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
6110 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
6111 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
6112 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
6113 making such an attempt.
6114
6115 @node Backup Parameters
6116 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
6117
6118 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
6119 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
6120 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
6121 before using these scripts.
6122
6123 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
6124 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
6125 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
6126 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
6127 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
6128 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
6129 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
6130 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
6131
6132 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
6133 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
6134
6135 @menu
6136 * General-Purpose Variables::
6137 * Magnetic Tape Control::
6138 * User Hooks::
6139 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6140 @end menu
6141
6142 @node General-Purpose Variables
6143 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
6144
6145 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
6146 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
6147 sends a backup report to this address.
6148 @end defvr
6149
6150 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
6151 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
6152 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
6153 or the string @samp{now}.
6154
6155 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
6156 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
6157 @end defvr
6158
6159 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
6160
6161 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
6162 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
6163 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
6164 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
6165 invocations of @command{mt}.
6166 @end defvr
6167
6168 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
6169
6170 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
6171 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
6172 @end defvr
6173
6174 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
6175
6176 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6177 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
6178 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
6179 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
6180 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
6181
6182 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
6183 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
6184 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
6185 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
6186 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
6187 machine where the scripts are run (i.e., what @command{pwd} will print
6188 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
6189 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
6190 host as long as it can access the file system through @acronym{NFS}.
6191
6192 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
6193 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6194 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
6195 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
6196 @end defvr
6197
6198 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
6199
6200 The name of the file that contains a list of file systems to backup
6201 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
6202 @end defvr
6203
6204 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
6205
6206 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
6207 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
6208 which the backup script is run.
6209
6210 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
6211 in a separate file. This file is usually named
6212 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
6213 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
6214 @end defvr
6215
6216 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
6217
6218 The name of the file that contains a list of individual files to backup
6219 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
6220 @end defvr
6221
6222 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
6223
6224 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
6225 @end defvr
6226
6227 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
6228 @anchor{RSH}
6229 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
6230 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
6231 to use public key authentication.
6232 @end defvr
6233
6234 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
6235
6236 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote machines. This will
6237 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
6238 of @GNUTAR{}.
6239 @end defvr
6240
6241 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
6242
6243 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
6244 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
6245 @end defvr
6246
6247 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
6248
6249 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
6250 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
6251 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
6252 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
6253 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
6254 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
6255
6256 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6257 @end defvr
6258
6259 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
6260
6261 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
6262
6263 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
6264 @end defvr
6265
6266 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
6267
6268 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
6269 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
6270 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
6271 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console. For the
6272 description of the default prompt, see @ref{change volume prompt}.
6273
6274 @end defvr
6275
6276 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
6277
6278 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
6279 this will just be some literal text.
6280 @end defvr
6281
6282 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
6283
6284 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
6285 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
6286 @end defvr
6287
6288 @node Magnetic Tape Control
6289 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
6290
6291 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
6292 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
6293 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
6294
6295 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
6296 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
6297 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
6298
6299 @smallexample
6300 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
6301
6302 mt_begin() @{
6303 mt -f "$1" retension
6304 @}
6305 @end smallexample
6306 @end defvr
6307
6308 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
6309 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
6310 follows:
6311
6312 @smallexample
6313 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
6314
6315 mt_rewind() @{
6316 mt -f "$1" rewind
6317 @}
6318 @end smallexample
6319
6320 @end defvr
6321
6322 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
6323 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
6324 it is defined as follows:
6325
6326 @smallexample
6327 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
6328
6329 mt_offline() @{
6330 mt -f "$1" offl
6331 @}
6332 @end smallexample
6333 @end defvr
6334
6335 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
6336 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
6337 including error count. Default definition:
6338
6339 @smallexample
6340 MT_STATUS=mt_status
6341
6342 mt_status() @{
6343 mt -f "$1" status
6344 @}
6345 @end smallexample
6346 @end defvr
6347
6348 @node User Hooks
6349 @subsection User Hooks
6350
6351 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
6352 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
6353 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
6354 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
6355 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
6356 taking four arguments:
6357
6358 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
6359 Its arguments are:
6360
6361 @table @var
6362 @item level
6363 Current backup or restore level.
6364
6365 @item host
6366 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
6367
6368 @item fs
6369 Full file name of the file system being dumped or restored.
6370
6371 @item fsname
6372 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
6373 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
6374 @end table
6375 @end deffn
6376
6377 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
6378
6379 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
6380 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
6381 @end defvr
6382
6383 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
6384 Executed after dumping the file system.
6385 @end defvr
6386
6387 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
6388 Executed before restoring the file system.
6389 @end defvr
6390
6391 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
6392 Executed after restoring the file system.
6393 @end defvr
6394
6395 @node backup-specs example
6396 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
6397
6398 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
6399
6400 @smallexample
6401 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
6402
6403 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
6404 BACKUP_HOUR=1
6405 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
6406
6407 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
6408 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
6409 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
6410
6411 # Override MT_STATUS function:
6412 my_status() @{
6413 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
6414 @}
6415 MT_STATUS=my_status
6416
6417 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
6418 MT_OFFLINE=:
6419
6420 BLOCKING=124
6421 BACKUP_DIRS="
6422 albert:/fs/fsf
6423 apple-gunkies:/gd
6424 albert:/fs/gd2
6425 albert:/fs/gp
6426 geech:/usr/jla
6427 churchy:/usr/roland
6428 albert:/
6429 albert:/usr
6430 apple-gunkies:/
6431 apple-gunkies:/usr
6432 gnu:/hack
6433 gnu:/u
6434 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
6435 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
6436
6437 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
6438
6439 @end smallexample
6440
6441 @node Scripted Backups
6442 @section Using the Backup Scripts
6443
6444 The syntax for running a backup script is:
6445
6446 @smallexample
6447 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
6448 @end smallexample
6449
6450 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
6451 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
6452 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
6453 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
6454 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
6455 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
6456 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
6457 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
6458 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
6459 create a level one dump.}
6460
6461 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
6462 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
6463
6464 @table @asis
6465 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
6466
6467 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
6468
6469 @item @var{hh}
6470
6471 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
6472
6473 @item now
6474
6475 The dump must be run immediately.
6476 @end table
6477
6478 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
6479 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
6480 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
6481 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
6482 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
6483 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
6484 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
6485 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
6486 Restoration}).
6487
6488 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
6489 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
6490 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
6491 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
6492 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
6493 file.
6494
6495 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
6496 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
6497 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
6498 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
6499 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
6500 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
6501 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
6502
6503 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
6504 standard output.
6505
6506 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
6507 script:
6508
6509 @table @option
6510 @item -l @var{level}
6511 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6512 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
6513
6514 @item -f
6515 @itemx --force
6516 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
6517
6518 @item -v[@var{level}]
6519 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6520 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6521 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6522 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6523
6524 @item -t @var{start-time}
6525 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
6526 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
6527
6528 @item -h
6529 @itemx --help
6530 Display short help message and exit.
6531
6532 @item -V
6533 @itemx --version
6534 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6535 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6536 @end table
6537
6538
6539 @node Scripted Restoration
6540 @section Using the Restore Script
6541
6542 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
6543 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
6544 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
6545 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
6546 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
6547
6548 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
6549 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
6550 line. For example, running
6551
6552 @smallexample
6553 restore 'albert:*'
6554 @end smallexample
6555
6556 @noindent
6557 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
6558 complicated example:
6559
6560 @smallexample
6561 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
6562 @end smallexample
6563
6564 @noindent
6565 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
6566 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
6567
6568 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
6569 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
6570 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
6571 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
6572 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
6573 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
6574
6575 @smallexample
6576 restore --level=1
6577 @end smallexample
6578
6579 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
6580
6581 @table @option
6582 @item -a
6583 @itemx --all
6584 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
6585
6586 @item -l @var{level}
6587 @itemx --level=@var{level}
6588 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
6589
6590 @item -v[@var{level}]
6591 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
6592 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
6593 information will be output during execution. Default @var{level}
6594 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
6595
6596 @item -h
6597 @itemx --help
6598 Display short help message and exit.
6599
6600 @item -V
6601 @itemx --version
6602 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
6603 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
6604 @end table
6605
6606 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
6607 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
6608 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
6609 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
6610 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
6611 the tape as needed. @xref{Tape Positioning}, for a discussion of tape
6612 positioning.
6613
6614 @quotation
6615 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
6616 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
6617 @end quotation
6618
6619 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
6620 that determination.
6621
6622 @node Choosing
6623 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
6624
6625 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
6626 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
6627 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
6628 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
6629 are in specified directories.
6630
6631 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
6632
6633 @menu
6634 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
6635 * Selecting Archive Members::
6636 * files:: Reading Names from a File
6637 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
6638 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6639 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
6640 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
6641 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
6642 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
6643 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
6644 @end menu
6645
6646 @node file
6647 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
6648
6649 @cindex Naming an archive
6650 @cindex Archive Name
6651 @cindex Choosing an archive file
6652 @cindex Where is the archive?
6653 @opindex file
6654 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
6655 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
6656 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
6657 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
6658 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
6659 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
6660 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
6661 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
6662 instead of the default archive file location.
6663
6664 @table @option
6665 @xopindex{file, short description}
6666 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
6667 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
6668 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
6669 any operation.
6670 @end table
6671
6672 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
6673
6674 @smallexample
6675 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
6676 @end smallexample
6677
6678 @noindent
6679 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
6680 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
6681 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
6682 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
6683 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
6684 for the archive name.
6685
6686 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
6687 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
6688 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
6689
6690 @cindex Writing new archives
6691 @cindex Archive creation
6692 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
6693 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
6694 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
6695 name, usually that for tape unit zero (i.e., @file{/dev/tu00}).
6696
6697 @cindex Standard input and output
6698 @cindex tar to standard input and output
6699 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
6700 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
6701 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
6702 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
6703 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
6704 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
6705
6706 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
6707 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
6708
6709 @smallexample
6710 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
6711 @end smallexample
6712
6713 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6714
6715 @smallexample
6716 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6717 @end smallexample
6718
6719 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6720 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6721 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6722 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6723 of the extracted files.
6724
6725 @cindex Remote devices
6726 @cindex tar to a remote device
6727 @anchor{remote-dev}
6728 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6729 use the following:
6730
6731 @smallexample
6732 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6733 @end smallexample
6734
6735 @noindent
6736 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
6737 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
6738 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6739 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
6740 as the username on the remote machine.
6741
6742 @cindex Local and remote archives
6743 @anchor{local and remote archives}
6744 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6745 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
6746 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6747 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6748 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
6749 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6750 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
6751 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6752 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
6753 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6754 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
6755 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6756 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6757 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6758
6759 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6760 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
6761 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6762 uses this feature.
6763
6764 @node Selecting Archive Members
6765 @section Selecting Archive Members
6766 @cindex Specifying files to act on
6767 @cindex Specifying archive members
6768
6769 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6770 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6771 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6772 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
6773
6774 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6775 the command line, as follows:
6776 @smallexample
6777 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6778 @end smallexample
6779
6780 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6781 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6782 option.
6783
6784 @anchor{input name quoting}
6785 By default @GNUTAR{} attempts to @dfn{unquote} each file or member
6786 name, replacing @dfn{escape sequences} according to the following
6787 table:
6788
6789 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.60
6790 @headitem Escape @tab Replaced with
6791 @item \a @tab Audible bell (@acronym{ASCII} 7)
6792 @item \b @tab Backspace (@acronym{ASCII} 8)
6793 @item \f @tab Form feed (@acronym{ASCII} 12)
6794 @item \n @tab New line (@acronym{ASCII} 10)
6795 @item \r @tab Carriage return (@acronym{ASCII} 13)
6796 @item \t @tab Horizontal tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 9)
6797 @item \v @tab Vertical tabulation (@acronym{ASCII} 11)
6798 @item \? @tab @acronym{ASCII} 127
6799 @item \@var{n} @tab @acronym{ASCII} @var{n} (@var{n} should be an octal number
6800 of up to 3 digits)
6801 @end multitable
6802
6803 A backslash followed by any other symbol is retained.
6804
6805 This default behavior is controlled by the following command line
6806 option:
6807
6808 @table @option
6809 @opindex unquote
6810 @item --unquote
6811 Enable unquoting input file or member names (default).
6812
6813 @opindex no-unquote
6814 @item --no-unquote
6815 Disable unquoting input file or member names.
6816 @end table
6817
6818 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
6819 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
6820
6821 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
6822 on the operation mode as described below:
6823
6824 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
6825 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
6826
6827 @smallexample
6828 @group
6829 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
6830 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
6831 Try `tar --help' or `tar --usage' for more information.
6832 @end group
6833 @end smallexample
6834
6835 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
6836 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
6837 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
6838
6839 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
6840 the contents of the current working directory.
6841
6842 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
6843
6844 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6845 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6846 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6847 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
6848 of files and archive members.
6849
6850 @node files
6851 @section Reading Names from a File
6852
6853 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6854 @cindex Lists of file names
6855 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6856 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
6857 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6858 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6859 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
6860 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
6861 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6862 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6863 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6864 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6865
6866 @table @option
6867 @opindex files-from
6868 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
6869 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
6870 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
6871 @end table
6872
6873 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6874 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
6875 names are read from standard input.
6876
6877 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6878 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6879 command.
6880
6881 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6882
6883 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6884 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6885 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6886 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6887 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
6888 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6889 more information.)
6890
6891 @smallexample
6892 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6893 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6894 @end smallexample
6895
6896 @noindent
6897 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6898 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6899 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6900 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6901 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6902 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6903 specifying @option{-C} option:
6904
6905 @smallexample
6906 @group
6907 $ @kbd{cat list}
6908 -C/etc
6909 passwd
6910 hosts
6911 -C/lib
6912 libc.a
6913 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6914 @end group
6915 @end smallexample
6916
6917 @noindent
6918 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6919 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6920 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6921 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6922 contain:
6923
6924 @smallexample
6925 @group
6926 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6927 passwd
6928 hosts
6929 libc.a
6930 @end group
6931 @end smallexample
6932
6933 @noindent
6934 @xopindex{directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument}
6935 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6936 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
6937 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6938
6939 @itemize @bullet
6940 @item
6941 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6942 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6943 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6944
6945 @item
6946 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6947 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
6948 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6949
6950 @item
6951 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6952 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6953
6954 @smallexample
6955 @group
6956 --directory
6957 dir
6958 @end group
6959 @end smallexample
6960
6961 @noindent
6962 and
6963
6964 @smallexample
6965 @group
6966 -C
6967 dir
6968 @end group
6969 @end smallexample
6970 @end itemize
6971
6972 @opindex add-file
6973 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6974 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6975 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
6976
6977 @menu
6978 * nul::
6979 @end menu
6980
6981 @node nul
6982 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6983
6984 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6985 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6986 The @option{--null} option causes
6987 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
6988 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
6989 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
6990 @option{--files-from}.
6991
6992 @table @option
6993 @xopindex{null, described}
6994 @item --null
6995 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6996 terminate in a newline.
6997
6998 @xopindex{no-null, described}
6999 @item --no-null
7000 Undo the effect of any previous @option{--null} option.
7001 @end table
7002
7003 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
7004 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
7005 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
7006 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
7007 file names that begin with dash.
7008
7009 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
7010 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
7011 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
7012 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
7013 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
7014 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
7015 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
7016 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
7017 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
7018
7019 @smallexample
7020 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
7021 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
7022 @end smallexample
7023
7024 The @option{--no-null} option can be used if you need to read both
7025 zero-terminated and newline-terminated files on the same command line.
7026 For example, if @file{flist} is a newline-terminated file, then the
7027 following command can be used to combine it with the above command:
7028
7029 @smallexample
7030 @group
7031 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 |
7032 tar -c -f big.tar --null -T - --no-null -T flist}
7033 @end group
7034 @end smallexample
7035
7036 This example uses short options for typographic reasons, to avoid
7037 very long lines.
7038
7039 @GNUTAR is able to automatically detect null-terminated file lists, so
7040 it is safe to use them even without the @option{--null} option. In
7041 this case @command{tar} will print a warning and continue reading such
7042 a file as if @option{--null} were actually given:
7043
7044 @smallexample
7045 @group
7046 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 | tar -c -f big.tar -T -}
7047 tar: -: file name read contains nul character
7048 @end group
7049 @end smallexample
7050
7051 The null terminator, however, remains in effect only for this
7052 particular file, any following @option{-T} options will assume
7053 newline termination. Of course, the null autodetection applies
7054 to these eventual surplus @option{-T} options as well.
7055
7056 @node exclude
7057 @section Excluding Some Files
7058
7059 @cindex File names, excluding files by
7060 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
7061 @cindex Excluding files by file system
7062 @opindex exclude
7063 @opindex exclude-from
7064 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
7065 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
7066
7067 @table @option
7068 @opindex exclude
7069 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
7070 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
7071 @end table
7072
7073 @findex exclude
7074 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
7075 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
7076 being operated on.
7077 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
7078 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
7079 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
7080
7081 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
7082
7083 @table @option
7084 @opindex exclude-from
7085 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
7086 @itemx -X @var{file}
7087 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
7088 @var{file}.
7089 @end table
7090
7091 @findex exclude-from
7092 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
7093 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
7094 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
7095 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
7096 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
7097 added to the archive.
7098
7099 Notice, that lines from @var{file} are read verbatim. One of the
7100 frequent errors is leaving some extra whitespace after a file name,
7101 which is difficult to catch using text editors.
7102
7103 However, empty lines are OK.
7104
7105 @table @option
7106 @cindex version control system, excluding files
7107 @cindex VCS, excluding files
7108 @cindex SCCS, excluding files
7109 @cindex RCS, excluding files
7110 @cindex CVS, excluding files
7111 @cindex SVN, excluding files
7112 @cindex git, excluding files
7113 @cindex Bazaar, excluding files
7114 @cindex Arch, excluding files
7115 @cindex Mercurial, excluding files
7116 @cindex Darcs, excluding files
7117 @opindex exclude-vcs
7118 @item --exclude-vcs
7119 Exclude files and directories used by following version control
7120 systems: @samp{CVS}, @samp{RCS}, @samp{SCCS}, @samp{SVN}, @samp{Arch},
7121 @samp{Bazaar}, @samp{Mercurial}, and @samp{Darcs}.
7122
7123 As of version @value{VERSION}, the following files are excluded:
7124
7125 @itemize @bullet
7126 @item @file{CVS/}, and everything under it
7127 @item @file{RCS/}, and everything under it
7128 @item @file{SCCS/}, and everything under it
7129 @item @file{.git/}, and everything under it
7130 @item @file{.gitignore}
7131 @item @file{.cvsignore}
7132 @item @file{.svn/}, and everything under it
7133 @item @file{.arch-ids/}, and everything under it
7134 @item @file{@{arch@}/}, and everything under it
7135 @item @file{=RELEASE-ID}
7136 @item @file{=meta-update}
7137 @item @file{=update}
7138 @item @file{.bzr}
7139 @item @file{.bzrignore}
7140 @item @file{.bzrtags}
7141 @item @file{.hg}
7142 @item @file{.hgignore}
7143 @item @file{.hgrags}
7144 @item @file{_darcs}
7145 @end itemize
7146
7147 @opindex exclude-backups
7148 @item --exclude-backups
7149 Exclude backup and lock files. This option causes exclusion of files
7150 that match the following shell globbing patterns:
7151
7152 @table @asis
7153 @item .#*
7154 @item *~
7155 @item #*#
7156 @end table
7157
7158 @end table
7159
7160 @findex exclude-caches
7161 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option family
7162 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
7163 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
7164 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
7165 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
7166 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
7167 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
7168 more easily excluded from backups.
7169
7170 There are three @samp{exclude-caches} options, each providing a different
7171 exclusion semantics:
7172
7173 @table @option
7174 @opindex exclude-caches
7175 @item --exclude-caches
7176 Do not archive the contents of the directory, but archive the
7177 directory itself and the @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file.
7178
7179 @opindex exclude-caches-under
7180 @item --exclude-caches-under
7181 Do not archive the contents of the directory, nor the
7182 @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file, archive only the directory itself.
7183
7184 @opindex exclude-caches-all
7185 @item --exclude-caches-all
7186 Omit directories containing @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} file entirely.
7187 @end table
7188
7189 @findex exclude-tag
7190 Another option family, @option{--exclude-tag}, provides a generalization of
7191 this concept. It takes a single argument, a file name to look for.
7192 Any directory that contains this file will be excluded from the dump.
7193 Similarly to @samp{exclude-caches}, there are three options in this
7194 option family:
7195
7196 @table @option
7197 @opindex exclude-tag
7198 @item --exclude-tag=@var{file}
7199 Do not dump the contents of the directory, but dump the
7200 directory itself and the @var{file}.
7201
7202 @opindex exclude-tag-under
7203 @item --exclude-tag-under=@var{file}
7204 Do not dump the contents of the directory, nor the
7205 @var{file}, archive only the directory itself.
7206
7207 @opindex exclude-tag-all
7208 @item --exclude-tag-all=@var{file}
7209 Omit directories containing @var{file} file entirely.
7210 @end table
7211
7212 Multiple @option{--exclude-tag*} options can be given.
7213
7214 For example, given this directory:
7215
7216 @smallexample
7217 @group
7218 $ @kbd{find dir}
7219 dir
7220 dir/blues
7221 dir/jazz
7222 dir/folk
7223 dir/folk/tagfile
7224 dir/folk/sanjuan
7225 dir/folk/trote
7226 @end group
7227 @end smallexample
7228
7229 The @option{--exclude-tag} will produce the following:
7230
7231 @smallexample
7232 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag=tagfile -v dir}
7233 dir/
7234 dir/blues
7235 dir/jazz
7236 dir/folk/
7237 tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7238 contents not dumped
7239 dir/folk/tagfile
7240 @end smallexample
7241
7242 Both the @file{dir/folk} directory and its tagfile are preserved in
7243 the archive, however the rest of files in this directory are not.
7244
7245 Now, using the @option{--exclude-tag-under} option will exclude
7246 @file{tagfile} from the dump, while still preserving the directory
7247 itself, as shown in this example:
7248
7249 @smallexample
7250 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-under=tagfile -v dir}
7251 dir/
7252 dir/blues
7253 dir/jazz
7254 dir/folk/
7255 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7256 contents not dumped
7257 @end smallexample
7258
7259 Finally, using @option{--exclude-tag-all} omits the @file{dir/folk}
7260 directory entirely:
7261
7262 @smallexample
7263 $ @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar --exclude-tag-all=tagfile -v dir}
7264 dir/
7265 dir/blues
7266 dir/jazz
7267 ./tar: dir/folk/: contains a cache directory tag tagfile;
7268 directory not dumped
7269 @end smallexample
7270
7271 @menu
7272 * problems with exclude::
7273 @end menu
7274
7275 @node problems with exclude
7276 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
7277
7278 @xopindex{exclude, potential problems with}
7279 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
7280 pitfalls:
7281
7282 @itemize @bullet
7283 @item
7284 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a file name
7285 explicitly listed on the command line, if one of its file name
7286 components is excluded. In the example above, if
7287 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
7288 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
7289 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
7290
7291 @item
7292 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
7293 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
7294 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
7295 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
7296 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
7297 zero, one, or many files.
7298
7299 @item
7300 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
7301 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
7302 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
7303 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
7304 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
7305 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
7306
7307 For example, write:
7308
7309 @smallexample
7310 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
7311 @end smallexample
7312
7313 @noindent
7314 rather than:
7315
7316 @smallexample
7317 # @emph{Wrong!}
7318 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
7319 @end smallexample
7320
7321 @item
7322 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
7323 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
7324 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
7325 might fail.
7326
7327 @item
7328 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
7329 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
7330 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
7331 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
7332 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
7333 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
7334 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
7335 file.
7336
7337 @end itemize
7338
7339 @node wildcards
7340 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
7341
7342 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
7343 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
7344 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
7345 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
7346 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
7347 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
7348 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
7349
7350 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
7351
7352 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
7353 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
7354 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
7355 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
7356 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
7357 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
7358 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
7359 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
7360 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
7361
7362 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
7363 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
7364 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
7365 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
7366 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
7367 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
7368 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
7369 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
7370 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
7371 @emph{last} in a character class.)
7372
7373 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
7374 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
7375 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
7376 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
7377 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
7378 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
7379
7380 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
7381 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
7382 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
7383 @var{e}, inclusive.
7384
7385 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
7386 who don't have dan around.}
7387
7388 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
7389 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
7390 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
7391 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
7392
7393 @menu
7394 * controlling pattern-matching::
7395 @end menu
7396
7397 @node controlling pattern-matching
7398 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
7399
7400 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
7401 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
7402 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
7403 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
7404 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
7405
7406 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
7407 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
7408 @option{--update}.
7409
7410 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
7411 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
7412 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
7413
7414 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
7415 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
7416 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
7417 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
7418 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
7419 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
7420
7421 @smallexample
7422 @group
7423 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
7424 a.c
7425 b.c
7426 a.txt
7427 [remarks]
7428 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
7429 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
7430 [remarks]
7431 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
7432 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
7433 a.txt
7434 [remarks]
7435 @end group
7436 @end smallexample
7437
7438 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
7439
7440 @table @option
7441 @opindex wildcards
7442 @item --wildcards
7443 Treat all member names as wildcards.
7444
7445 @opindex no-wildcards
7446 @item --no-wildcards
7447 Treat all member names as literal strings.
7448 @end table
7449
7450 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
7451
7452 @smallexample
7453 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
7454 a.c
7455 b.c
7456 @end smallexample
7457
7458 @noindent
7459 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
7460 it.
7461
7462 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is canceled by
7463 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
7464 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
7465 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
7466
7467 @smallexample
7468 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
7469 @end smallexample
7470
7471 @noindent
7472 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
7473 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
7474
7475 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
7476 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
7477 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
7478 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
7479
7480 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
7481 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
7482 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
7483 before deciding whether to exclude it.
7484
7485 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
7486 below. These options accumulate. For example:
7487
7488 @smallexample
7489 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
7490 @end smallexample
7491
7492 @noindent
7493 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
7494 @samp{readme}.
7495
7496 @table @option
7497 @opindex anchored
7498 @opindex no-anchored
7499 @item --anchored
7500 @itemx --no-anchored
7501 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
7502 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
7503 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
7504 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
7505
7506 @opindex ignore-case
7507 @opindex no-ignore-case
7508 @item --ignore-case
7509 @itemx --no-ignore-case
7510 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
7511 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
7512
7513 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
7514 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
7515 @item --wildcards-match-slash
7516 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
7517 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
7518 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
7519 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
7520
7521 @end table
7522
7523 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
7524 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
7525 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
7526 the name's parent directories.
7527
7528 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
7529
7530 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
7531 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
7532 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
7533 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
7534 @end multitable
7535
7536 @node quoting styles
7537 @section Quoting Member Names
7538
7539 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
7540 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
7541 quoting}. The characters in question are:
7542
7543 @itemize @bullet
7544 @item Non-printable control characters:
7545 @anchor{escape sequences}
7546 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
7547 @headitem Character @tab @acronym{ASCII} @tab Character name
7548 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
7549 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
7550 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
7551 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
7552 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
7553 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
7554 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
7555 @end multitable
7556
7557 @item Space (@acronym{ASCII} 32)
7558
7559 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
7560
7561 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
7562 @end itemize
7563
7564 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
7565 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
7566 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
7567 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
7568 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
7569 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
7570
7571 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
7572 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
7573
7574 @table @option
7575 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
7576 @opindex quoting-style
7577
7578 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
7579 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
7580 @end table
7581
7582 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
7583 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
7584 containing the following members:
7585
7586 @smallexample
7587 @group
7588 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
7589 a tab
7590 # 2. Contains newline character
7591 a
7592 newline
7593 # 3. Contains a space
7594 a space
7595 # 4. Contains double quotes
7596 a"double"quote
7597 # 5. Contains single quotes
7598 a'single'quote
7599 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
7600 a\backslash
7601 @end group
7602 @end smallexample
7603
7604 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
7605 had existed in the current working directory:
7606
7607 @smallexample
7608 @group
7609 $ @kbd{ls}
7610 a\ttab
7611 a\nnewline
7612 a\ space
7613 a"double"quote
7614 a'single'quote
7615 a\\backslash
7616 @end group
7617 @end smallexample
7618
7619 Quoting styles:
7620
7621 @table @samp
7622 @item literal
7623 No quoting, display each character as is:
7624
7625 @smallexample
7626 @group
7627 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
7628 ./
7629 ./a space
7630 ./a'single'quote
7631 ./a"double"quote
7632 ./a\backslash
7633 ./a tab
7634 ./a
7635 newline
7636 @end group
7637 @end smallexample
7638
7639 @item shell
7640 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
7641 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
7642 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
7643 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
7644 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
7645 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
7646
7647 @smallexample
7648 @group
7649 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
7650 ./
7651 './a space'
7652 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7653 './a"double"quote'
7654 './a\backslash'
7655 './a tab'
7656 './a
7657 newline'
7658 @end group
7659 @end smallexample
7660
7661 @item shell-always
7662 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
7663 quotes:
7664
7665 @smallexample
7666 @group
7667 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
7668 './'
7669 './a space'
7670 './a'\''single'\''quote'
7671 './a"double"quote'
7672 './a\backslash'
7673 './a tab'
7674 './a
7675 newline'
7676 @end group
7677 @end smallexample
7678
7679 @item c
7680 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
7681 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
7682 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
7683 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
7684 spaces are not quoted:
7685
7686 @smallexample
7687 @group
7688 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
7689 "./"
7690 "./a space"
7691 "./a'single'quote"
7692 "./a\"double\"quote"
7693 "./a\\backslash"
7694 "./a\ttab"
7695 "./a\nnewline"
7696 @end group
7697 @end smallexample
7698
7699 @item escape
7700 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
7701 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
7702 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
7703 package.
7704
7705 @smallexample
7706 @group
7707 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
7708 ./
7709 ./a space
7710 ./a'single'quote
7711 ./a"double"quote
7712 ./a\\backslash
7713 ./a\ttab
7714 ./a\nnewline
7715 @end group
7716 @end smallexample
7717
7718 @item locale
7719 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
7720 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
7721 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
7722 define quotation marks, use @samp{`} as left and @samp{'} as right
7723 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
7724 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
7725
7726 For example:
7727
7728 @smallexample
7729 @group
7730 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
7731 `./'
7732 `./a space'
7733 `./a\'single\'quote'
7734 `./a"double"quote'
7735 `./a\\backslash'
7736 `./a\ttab'
7737 `./a\nnewline'
7738 @end group
7739 @end smallexample
7740
7741 @item clocale
7742 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
7743 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
7744
7745 @smallexample
7746 @group
7747 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
7748 "./"
7749 "./a space"
7750 "./a'single'quote"
7751 "./a\"double\"quote"
7752 "./a\\backslash"
7753 "./a\ttab"
7754 "./a\nnewline"
7755 @end group
7756 @end smallexample
7757 @end table
7758
7759 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
7760 implied by the current quoting style:
7761
7762 @table @option
7763 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
7764 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
7765 quoting style would not quote them.
7766 @end table
7767
7768 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
7769 escape listing above):
7770
7771 @smallexample
7772 @group
7773 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
7774 ./
7775 ./a\ space
7776 ./a'single'quote
7777 ./a\"double\"quote
7778 ./a\\backslash
7779 ./a\ttab
7780 ./a\nnewline
7781 @end group
7782 @end smallexample
7783
7784 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
7785 option:
7786
7787 @table @option
7788 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
7789 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
7790 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
7791 @end table
7792
7793 This option is particularly useful if you have added
7794 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
7795 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
7796
7797 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
7798 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
7799
7800 @node transform
7801 @section Modifying File and Member Names
7802
7803 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
7804 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
7805 storing file to an archive, its file name is recorded in it,
7806 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
7807 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
7808 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
7809 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
7810
7811 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
7812 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
7813 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
7814 special option for handling them, which is described in
7815 @ref{absolute}.
7816
7817 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
7818 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
7819 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
7820 archive.
7821
7822 @GNUTAR{} provides several options for these needs.
7823
7824 @table @option
7825 @opindex strip-components
7826 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
7827 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
7828 extraction.
7829 @end table
7830
7831 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
7832 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
7833 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
7834 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
7835
7836 @smallexample
7837 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7838 @end smallexample
7839
7840 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
7841 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
7842 name.
7843
7844 If you add the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option to the invocation
7845 above, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
7846 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
7847 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
7848 altering this behavior:
7849
7850 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
7851 @table @option
7852 @opindex show-transformed-names
7853 @item --show-transformed-names
7854 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
7855 applied.
7856 @end table
7857
7858 @noindent
7859 For example:
7860
7861 @smallexample
7862 @group
7863 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
7864 usr/include/stdlib.h
7865 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
7866 stdlib.h
7867 @end group
7868 @end smallexample
7869
7870 Notice that in both cases the file @file{stdlib.h} is extracted to the
7871 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
7872 only the way its name is displayed.
7873
7874 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
7875 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
7876
7877 @smallexample
7878 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
7879 @end smallexample
7880
7881 @noindent
7882 it is often advisable to run
7883
7884 @smallexample
7885 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
7886 @end smallexample
7887
7888 @noindent
7889 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
7890
7891 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
7892 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
7893
7894 @table @option
7895 @opindex transform
7896 @opindex xform
7897 @item --transform=@var{expression}
7898 @itemx --xform=@var{expression}
7899 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
7900 @end table
7901
7902 @noindent
7903 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
7904 form:
7905
7906 @smallexample
7907 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
7908 @end smallexample
7909
7910 @noindent
7911 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
7912 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
7913 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
7914 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
7915
7916 Any delimiter can be used in lieue of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
7917 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
7918 the following two expressions are equivalent:
7919
7920 @smallexample
7921 @group
7922 s/one/two/
7923 s,one,two,
7924 @end group
7925 @end smallexample
7926
7927 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
7928 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
7929 @code{s/\//-/}.
7930
7931 As in @command{sed}, you can give several replace expressions,
7932 separated by a semicolon.
7933
7934 Supported @var{flags} are:
7935
7936 @table @samp
7937 @item g
7938 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
7939 just the first.
7940
7941 @item i
7942 Use case-insensitive matching
7943
7944 @item x
7945 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
7946 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
7947 sed, GNU sed}).
7948
7949 @item @var{number}
7950 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
7951
7952 Note: the @acronym{POSIX} standard does not specify what should happen
7953 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
7954 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
7955 the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
7956 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
7957 @var{number}th on.
7958
7959 @end table
7960
7961 In addition, several @dfn{transformation scope} flags are supported,
7962 that control to what files transformations apply. These are:
7963
7964 @table @samp
7965 @item r
7966 Apply transformation to regular archive members.
7967
7968 @item R
7969 Do not apply transformation to regular archive members.
7970
7971 @item s
7972 Apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
7973
7974 @item S
7975 Do not apply transformation to symbolic link targets.
7976
7977 @item h
7978 Apply transformation to hard link targets.
7979
7980 @item H
7981 Do not apply transformation to hard link targets.
7982 @end table
7983
7984 Default is @samp{rsh}, which means to apply tranformations to both archive
7985 members and targets of symbolic and hard links.
7986
7987 Default scope flags can also be changed using @samp{flags=} statement
7988 in the transform expression. The flags set this way remain in force
7989 until next @samp{flags=} statement or end of expression, whichever
7990 occurs first. For example:
7991
7992 @smallexample
7993 --transform 'flags=S;s|^|/usr/local/|'
7994 @end smallexample
7995
7996 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
7997
7998 @enumerate
7999 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
8000
8001 @smallexample
8002 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8003 @end smallexample
8004
8005 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
8006 @option{--strip-components=2}):
8007
8008 @smallexample
8009 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
8010 @end smallexample
8011
8012 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
8013
8014 @smallexample
8015 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
8016 @end smallexample
8017
8018 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
8019
8020 @smallexample
8021 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
8022 @end smallexample
8023
8024 @item Archive the @file{/lib} directory, prepending @samp{/usr/local}
8025 to each archive member:
8026
8027 @smallexample
8028 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S' -c -f arch.tar /lib}
8029 @end smallexample
8030 @end enumerate
8031
8032 Notice the use of flags in the last example. The @file{/lib}
8033 directory often contains many symbolic links to files within it.
8034 It may look, for example, like this:
8035
8036 @smallexample
8037 $ @kbd{ls -l}
8038 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /lib/
8039 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8040 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /lib/libc.so.6 -> libc-2.3.2.so
8041 ...
8042 @end smallexample
8043
8044 Using the expression @samp{s,^,/usr/local/,} would mean adding
8045 @samp{/usr/local} to both regular archive members and to link
8046 targets. In this case, @file{/lib/libc.so.6} would become:
8047
8048 @smallexample
8049 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 -> /usr/local/libc-2.3.2.so
8050 @end smallexample
8051
8052 This is definitely not desired. To avoid this, the @samp{S} flag
8053 are used, which excludes symbolic link targets from filename
8054 transformations. The result is:
8055
8056 @smallexample
8057 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/usr/local/,S', -c -v -f arch.tar \
8058 --show-transformed /lib}
8059 drwxr-xr-x root/root 0 2008-07-08 16:20 /usr/local/lib/
8060 -rwxr-xr-x root/root 1250840 2008-05-25 07:44 /usr/local/lib/libc-2.3.2.so
8061 lrwxrwxrwx root/root 0 2008-06-24 17:12 /usr/local/lib/libc.so.6 ->
8062 libc-2.3.2.so
8063 @end smallexample
8064
8065 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
8066 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
8067 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
8068 component with @file{var/}:
8069
8070 @smallexample
8071 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
8072 @end smallexample
8073
8074 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
8075 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
8076
8077 @smallexample
8078 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
8079 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
8080 @end smallexample
8081
8082 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
8083 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
8084 number of components is then stripped from its result.
8085
8086 You can use as many @option{--transform} options in a single command
8087 line as you want. The specified expressions will then be applied in
8088 order of their appearance. For example, the following two invocations
8089 are equivalent:
8090
8091 @smallexample
8092 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/' \
8093 --transform='s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8094 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar \
8095 --transform='s,/usr/var,/var/;s,/usr/local,/usr/,'}
8096 @end smallexample
8097
8098 @node after
8099 @section Operating Only on New Files
8100
8101 @cindex Excluding file by age
8102 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
8103 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
8104 @cindex Age, excluding files by
8105 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
8106 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
8107 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
8108 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
8109 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
8110 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
8111 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
8112 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
8113 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
8114
8115 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
8116 modification of the file's data (rather than status
8117 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
8118
8119 @cindex --after-date and --update compared
8120 @cindex --newer-mtime and --update compared
8121 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
8122 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
8123 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
8124 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
8125
8126 @table @option
8127 @opindex after-date
8128 @opindex newer
8129 @item --after-date=@var{date}
8130 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
8131 @itemx -N @var{date}
8132 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
8133
8134 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
8135 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
8136
8137 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
8138 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
8139
8140 @opindex newer-mtime
8141 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
8142 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
8143 @end table
8144
8145 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
8146 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
8147 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
8148 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
8149 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
8150 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
8151
8152 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
8153 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
8154 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
8155 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
8156 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
8157 field.
8158
8159 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
8160 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
8161 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
8162 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
8163 contents of the file were looked at).
8164
8165 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
8166 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
8167 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
8168 all the files modified less than two days ago:
8169
8170 @smallexample
8171 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
8172 @end smallexample
8173
8174 When any of these options is used with the option @option{--verbose}
8175 (@pxref{verbose tutorial}) @GNUTAR{} will try to convert the specified
8176 date back to its textual representation and compare that with the
8177 one given with the option. If the two dates differ, @command{tar} will
8178 print a warning saying what date it will use. This is to help user
8179 ensure he is using the right date. For example:
8180
8181 @smallexample
8182 @group
8183 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar --after-date='10 days ago' .}
8184 tar: Option --after-date: Treating date `10 days ago' as 2006-06-11
8185 13:19:37.232434
8186 @end group
8187 @end smallexample
8188
8189 @quotation
8190 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
8191 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
8192 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
8193 @end quotation
8194
8195 @node recurse
8196 @section Descending into Directories
8197 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
8198 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
8199 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
8200 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
8201
8202 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
8203 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
8204 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
8205 want @command{tar} to act this way.
8206
8207 @opindex no-recursion
8208 @cindex @command{find}, using with @command{tar}
8209 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
8210 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
8211 use the @command{find} (@pxref{Top,, find, find, GNU Find Manual})
8212 utility for hunting through levels of directories to
8213 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
8214 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
8215 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
8216 @command{tar}.
8217
8218 @table @option
8219 @item --no-recursion
8220 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
8221
8222 @opindex recursion
8223 @item --recursion
8224 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
8225 This is the default.
8226 @end table
8227
8228 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
8229 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
8230 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
8231 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
8232 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
8233 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
8234 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
8235 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
8236 the files located via @command{find}.
8237
8238 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
8239 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
8240 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
8241 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
8242 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
8243 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
8244 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
8245 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
8246
8247 @smallexample
8248 @group
8249 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
8250 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
8251 @end group
8252 @end smallexample
8253
8254 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
8255 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
8256 the files under those directories.
8257
8258 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
8259 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
8260
8261 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
8262 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
8263 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
8264
8265 @smallexample
8266 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
8267 @end smallexample
8268
8269 @noindent
8270 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
8271 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
8272 other than @file{grape/concord}.
8273
8274 @node one
8275 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
8276 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
8277
8278 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
8279 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
8280 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
8281 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
8282 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
8283 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
8284 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
8285
8286 @table @option
8287 @opindex one-file-system
8288 @item --one-file-system
8289 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
8290 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
8291 @end table
8292
8293 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
8294 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
8295 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
8296 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
8297 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
8298 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
8299
8300 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
8301 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
8302 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
8303 mentioned by name on the standard error.
8304
8305 @menu
8306 * directory:: Changing Directory
8307 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
8308 @end menu
8309
8310 @node directory
8311 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
8312
8313 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
8314 things around some.}
8315
8316 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
8317 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
8318 @cindex Working directory, specifying
8319 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
8320 either on the command line or in a file specified using
8321 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
8322 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
8323 after that point in the list.
8324
8325 @table @option
8326 @opindex directory
8327 @item --directory=@var{directory}
8328 @itemx -C @var{directory}
8329 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
8330 @end table
8331
8332 For example,
8333
8334 @smallexample
8335 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
8336 @end smallexample
8337
8338 @noindent
8339 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
8340 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
8341 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
8342 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
8343 store in the same archive.
8344
8345 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
8346 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
8347 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
8348 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
8349 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
8350
8351 Contrast this with the command,
8352
8353 @smallexample
8354 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
8355 @end smallexample
8356
8357 @noindent
8358 which records the third file in the archive under the name
8359 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
8360 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
8361 named @file{orange-colored}.
8362
8363 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
8364 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
8365 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
8366 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
8367 @file{foo.tar}:
8368
8369 @smallexample
8370 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
8371 @end smallexample
8372
8373 @noindent
8374 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
8375 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
8376 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
8377 directories where those files were located.
8378
8379 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
8380 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
8381 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
8382 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
8383 @option{--directory} option.
8384
8385 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
8386 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
8387 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
8388 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
8389 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
8390 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
8391 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
8392
8393 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
8394
8395 @smallexample
8396 @group
8397 -C/etc
8398 passwd
8399 hosts
8400 --directory=/lib
8401 libc.a
8402 @end group
8403 @end smallexample
8404
8405 @noindent
8406 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
8407
8408 @smallexample
8409 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
8410 @end smallexample
8411
8412 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
8413 @option{--null} option.
8414
8415 @node absolute
8416 @subsection Absolute File Names
8417 @cindex absolute file names
8418 @cindex file names, absolute
8419
8420 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
8421 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
8422 component. There is an option that turns off this behavior:
8423
8424 @table @option
8425 @opindex absolute-names
8426 @item --absolute-names
8427 @itemx -P
8428 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
8429 containing a @file{..} file name component.
8430 @end table
8431
8432 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
8433 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
8434 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
8435 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
8436 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
8437 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
8438 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
8439 really @file{etc/passwd}.
8440
8441 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
8442 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
8443 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
8444
8445 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
8446 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
8447 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
8448 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
8449 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
8450 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
8451 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
8452 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
8453 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
8454 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
8455 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
8456 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
8457 for the information on how to handle this case.}
8458
8459 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8460 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
8461
8462 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
8463 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
8464
8465 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
8466 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
8467 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
8468
8469 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
8470 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
8471 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
8472 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
8473 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
8474 may be more convenient than switching to root.
8475
8476 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
8477 to transfer files between systems.}
8478
8479 @table @option
8480 @item --absolute-names
8481 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
8482 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
8483
8484 @end table
8485
8486 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
8487 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
8488 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
8489 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
8490
8491 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
8492 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
8493 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
8494
8495 @smallexample
8496 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
8497 @end smallexample
8498
8499 @noindent
8500 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
8501 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
8502 For example:
8503
8504 @smallexample
8505 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
8506 @end smallexample
8507
8508 @include getdate.texi
8509
8510 @node Formats
8511 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
8512
8513 @cindex Tar archive formats
8514 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
8515 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
8516 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
8517
8518 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
8519 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
8520
8521 @table @asis
8522 @item gnu
8523 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
8524 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
8525 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
8526 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
8527 formats.
8528
8529 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold file names of unlimited
8530 length.
8531
8532 @item oldgnu
8533 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
8534
8535 @item v7
8536 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
8537 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
8538 are:
8539
8540 @enumerate
8541 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
8542 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
8543 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
8544 devices, fifos etc.)
8545 @item Maximum value of user or group @acronym{ID} is limited to 2097151 (7777777
8546 octal)
8547 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
8548 and group name of the file owner).
8549 @end enumerate
8550
8551 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
8552 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
8553 however this means that projects containing file names more than 99
8554 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
8555 Automake prior to 1.9.
8556
8557 @item ustar
8558 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
8559 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
8560 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
8561
8562 @enumerate
8563 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
8564 provided that the file name can be split at a directory separator in
8565 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
8566 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
8567 characters.
8568 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
8569 100 characters.
8570 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accommodate
8571 is 8GB
8572 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
8573 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
8574 @end enumerate
8575
8576 @item star
8577 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
8578 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
8579 currently does not produce them.
8580
8581 @item posix
8582 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
8583 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
8584 restrictions on file sizes or file name lengths. This format is quite
8585 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
8586 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
8587 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
8588 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
8589 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
8590 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
8591
8592 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
8593 of @GNUTAR{}.
8594
8595 @end table
8596
8597 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
8598 formats:
8599
8600 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
8601 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab File Name @tab Devn
8602 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8603 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
8604 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
8605 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
8606 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
8607 @end multitable
8608
8609 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
8610 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
8611 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
8612 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
8613 switch to @samp{posix}.
8614
8615 @menu
8616 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
8617 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
8618 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
8619 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8620 @end menu
8621
8622 @node Compression
8623 @section Using Less Space through Compression
8624
8625 @menu
8626 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8627 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
8628 @end menu
8629
8630 @node gzip
8631 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
8632 @cindex Compressed archives
8633 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
8634
8635 @cindex gzip
8636 @cindex bzip2
8637 @cindex lzip
8638 @cindex lzma
8639 @cindex lzop
8640 @cindex compress
8641 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
8642 a wide variety of compression programs, namely: @command{gzip},
8643 @command{bzip2}, @command{lzip}, @command{lzma}, @command{lzop},
8644 @command{xz} and traditional @command{compress}. The latter is
8645 supported mostly for backward compatibility, and we recommend
8646 against using it, because it is by far less effective than the other
8647 compression programs@footnote{It also had patent problems in the past.}.
8648
8649 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
8650 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
8651 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
8652 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
8653 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive,
8654 @option{--lzip} to create an @asis{lzip} compressed archive,
8655 @option{-J} (@option{--xz}) to create an @asis{XZ} archive,
8656 @option{--lzma} to create an @asis{LZMA} compressed
8657 archive, @option{--lzop} to create an @asis{LSOP} archive, and
8658 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
8659 For example:
8660
8661 @smallexample
8662 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
8663 @end smallexample
8664
8665 You can also let @GNUTAR{} select the compression program basing on
8666 the suffix of the archive file name. This is done using
8667 @option{--auto-compress} (@option{-a}) command line option. For
8668 example, the following invocation will use @command{bzip2} for
8669 compression:
8670
8671 @smallexample
8672 $ @kbd{tar cfa archive.tar.bz2 .}
8673 @end smallexample
8674
8675 @noindent
8676 whereas the following one will use @command{lzma}:
8677
8678 @smallexample
8679 $ @kbd{tar cfa archive.tar.lzma .}
8680 @end smallexample
8681
8682 For a complete list of file name suffixes recognized by @GNUTAR{},
8683 @ref{auto-compress}.
8684
8685 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
8686 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
8687 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
8688 archive created in previous example:
8689
8690 @smallexample
8691 # List the compressed archive
8692 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
8693 # Extract the compressed archive
8694 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
8695 @end smallexample
8696
8697 The format recognition algorithm is based on @dfn{signatures}, a
8698 special byte sequences in the beginning of file, that are specific for
8699 certain compression formats. If this approach fails, @command{tar}
8700 falls back to using archive name suffix to determine its format
8701 (@xref{auto-compress}, for a list of recognized suffixes).
8702
8703 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
8704 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
8705 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
8706 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
8707
8708 @smallexample
8709 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
8710 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
8711 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
8712 @end smallexample
8713
8714 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
8715 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
8716
8717 @smallexample
8718 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
8719 @end smallexample
8720
8721 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
8722 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8723 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u}))
8724 them or delete (@option{--delete}) members from them or
8725 add (@option{--append} (@option{-r})) members to them. Likewise, you
8726 cannot append another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8727 @option{--concatenate} (@option{-A})). Secondly, multi-volume
8728 archives cannot be compressed.
8729
8730 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
8731
8732 @table @option
8733 @anchor{auto-compress}
8734 @opindex auto-compress
8735 @item --auto-compress
8736 @itemx -a
8737 Select a compression program to use by the archive file name
8738 suffix. The following suffixes are recognized:
8739
8740 @multitable @columnfractions 0.3 0.6
8741 @headitem Suffix @tab Compression program
8742 @item @samp{.gz} @tab @command{gzip}
8743 @item @samp{.tgz} @tab @command{gzip}
8744 @item @samp{.taz} @tab @command{gzip}
8745 @item @samp{.Z} @tab @command{compress}
8746 @item @samp{.taZ} @tab @command{compress}
8747 @item @samp{.bz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8748 @item @samp{.tz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8749 @item @samp{.tbz2} @tab @command{bzip2}
8750 @item @samp{.tbz} @tab @command{bzip2}
8751 @item @samp{.lz} @tab @command{lzip}
8752 @item @samp{.lzma} @tab @command{lzma}
8753 @item @samp{.tlz} @tab @command{lzma}
8754 @item @samp{.lzo} @tab @command{lzop}
8755 @item @samp{.xz} @tab @command{xz}
8756 @end multitable
8757
8758 @opindex gzip
8759 @opindex ungzip
8760 @item -z
8761 @itemx --gzip
8762 @itemx --ungzip
8763 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
8764
8765 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
8766 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
8767 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
8768 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
8769 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
8770 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
8771
8772 @smallexample
8773 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
8774 @end smallexample
8775
8776 @noindent
8777 Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
8778 @command{gzip} explicitly:
8779
8780 @smallexample
8781 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
8782 @end smallexample
8783
8784 @cindex corrupted archives
8785 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
8786 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
8787 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
8788 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
8789 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
8790 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
8791
8792 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
8793 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
8794 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
8795 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
8796 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
8797 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
8798
8799 @opindex bzip2
8800 @item -J
8801 @itemx --xz
8802 Filter the archive through @code{xz}. Otherwise like
8803 @option{--gzip}.
8804
8805 @item -j
8806 @itemx --bzip2
8807 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8808
8809 @opindex lzip
8810 @item --lzip
8811 Filter the archive through @command{lzip}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8812
8813 @opindex lzma
8814 @item --lzma
8815 Filter the archive through @command{lzma}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8816
8817 @opindex lzop
8818 @item --lzop
8819 Filter the archive through @command{lzop}. Otherwise like
8820 @option{--gzip}.
8821
8822 @opindex compress
8823 @opindex uncompress
8824 @item -Z
8825 @itemx --compress
8826 @itemx --uncompress
8827 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8828
8829 @opindex use-compress-program
8830 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
8831 @itemx -I=@var{prog}
8832 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
8833 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
8834 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
8835
8836 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
8837 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
8838
8839 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
8840 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
8841 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
8842 @end table
8843
8844 @cindex gpg, using with tar
8845 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
8846 @cindex Using encrypted archives
8847 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
8848 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
8849 compression/decompression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
8850 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
8851 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
8852 Manual}). The following script does that:
8853
8854 @smallexample
8855 @group
8856 #! /bin/sh
8857 case $1 in
8858 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
8859 '') gzip -c | gpg -s ;;
8860 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
8861 esac
8862 @end group
8863 @end smallexample
8864
8865 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
8866 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a compressed
8867 archive signed with your private key:
8868
8869 @smallexample
8870 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
8871 @end smallexample
8872
8873 @noindent
8874 Likewise, the command below will list its contents:
8875
8876 @smallexample
8877 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz -Igpgz .}
8878 @end smallexample
8879
8880 @ignore
8881 The above is based on the following discussion:
8882
8883 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
8884 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
8885 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
8886 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
8887 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
8888 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
8889 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
8890 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
8891 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
8892 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
8893
8894 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
8895 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
8896 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
8897 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
8898 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
8899
8900 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
8901 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
8902 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
8903 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
8904 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
8905
8906 Isn't that exactly the role of the
8907 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
8908 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
8909 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
8910 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
8911 extraction is needed rather than creation.
8912
8913 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
8914 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
8915 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
8916 end up with less space on the tape.
8917 @end ignore
8918
8919 @node sparse
8920 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
8921 @cindex Sparse Files
8922
8923 Files in the file system occasionally have @dfn{holes}. A @dfn{hole}
8924 in a file is a section of the file's contents which was never written.
8925 The contents of a hole reads as all zeros. On many operating systems,
8926 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
8927 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
8928 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
8929 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse}
8930 (@option{-S}). When you use this option, then, for any file using
8931 less disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar}
8932 searches the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records
8933 in the archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros
8934 are, and only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On
8935 extraction (using @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any
8936 such files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
8937 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
8938 won't take more space than the original.
8939
8940 @table @option
8941 @opindex sparse
8942 @item -S
8943 @itemx --sparse
8944 This option instructs @command{tar} to test each file for sparseness
8945 before attempting to archive it. If the file is found to be sparse it
8946 is treated specially, thus allowing to decrease the amount of space
8947 used by its image in the archive.
8948
8949 This option is meaningful only when creating or updating archives. It
8950 has no effect on extraction.
8951 @end table
8952
8953 Consider using @option{--sparse} when performing file system backups,
8954 to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored sparsely in the
8955 system.
8956
8957 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
8958 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
8959 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
8960 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
8961 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
8962 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
8963
8964 However, be aware that @option{--sparse} option presents a serious
8965 drawback. Namely, in order to determine if the file is sparse
8966 @command{tar} has to read it before trying to archive it, so in total
8967 the file is read @strong{twice}. So, always bear in mind that the
8968 time needed to process all files with this option is roughly twice
8969 the time needed to archive them without it.
8970 @FIXME{A technical note:
8971
8972 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
8973 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
8974 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
8975 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
8976 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
8977 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
8978 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
8979 1990-12-10:
8980
8981 @quotation
8982 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
8983 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
8984 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
8985 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
8986 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
8987 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
8988
8989 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
8990 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
8991 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
8992 get it right.
8993 @end quotation
8994 }
8995
8996 @cindex sparse formats, defined
8997 When using @samp{POSIX} archive format, @GNUTAR{} is able to store
8998 sparse files using in three distinct ways, called @dfn{sparse
8999 formats}. A sparse format is identified by its @dfn{number},
9000 consisting, as usual of two decimal numbers, delimited by a dot. By
9001 default, format @samp{1.0} is used. If, for some reason, you wish to
9002 use an earlier format, you can select it using
9003 @option{--sparse-version} option.
9004
9005 @table @option
9006 @opindex sparse-version
9007 @item --sparse-version=@var{version}
9008
9009 Select the format to store sparse files in. Valid @var{version} values
9010 are: @samp{0.0}, @samp{0.1} and @samp{1.0}. @xref{Sparse Formats},
9011 for a detailed description of each format.
9012 @end table
9013
9014 Using @option{--sparse-format} option implies @option{--sparse}.
9015
9016 @node Attributes
9017 @section Handling File Attributes
9018 @cindex atrributes, files
9019 @cindex file attributes
9020
9021 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
9022 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
9023 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
9024 place.
9025
9026 @table @option
9027 @opindex atime-preserve
9028 @item --atime-preserve
9029 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
9030 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
9031 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
9032 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
9033
9034 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
9035 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
9036 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
9037 (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}), and it can set access or data modification times
9038 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
9039 running.
9040
9041 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
9042 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
9043 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
9044 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
9045 complains right away.
9046
9047 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
9048 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
9049 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
9050
9051 @opindex touch
9052 @item -m
9053 @itemx --touch
9054 Do not extract data modification time.
9055
9056 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
9057 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
9058 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
9059
9060 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9061
9062 @opindex same-owner
9063 @item --same-owner
9064 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
9065 archive.
9066
9067 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
9068 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
9069 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
9070 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
9071 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
9072 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
9073 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
9074
9075 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user @acronym{ID} and user name
9076 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user @acronym{ID} is not
9077 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
9078 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
9079 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user @acronym{ID} stored in
9080 the archive instead.
9081
9082 @opindex no-same-owner
9083 @item --no-same-owner
9084 @itemx -o
9085 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
9086 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
9087 only for the superuser.
9088
9089 @opindex numeric-owner
9090 @item --numeric-owner
9091 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
9092 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
9093 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
9094 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
9095 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
9096
9097 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
9098 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
9099 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
9100 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
9101 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
9102 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
9103 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
9104 disk into another machine to do the restore.
9105
9106 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
9107 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
9108 system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used. Numeric ids could be
9109 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
9110 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
9111 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
9112
9113 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
9114 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
9115 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
9116 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
9117 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
9118 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
9119 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
9120 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
9121 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
9122 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
9123 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
9124 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
9125 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
9126 gives you a great deal of control already.
9127
9128 @xopindex{same-permissions, short description}
9129 @xopindex{preserve-permissions, short description}
9130 @item -p
9131 @itemx --same-permissions
9132 @itemx --preserve-permissions
9133 Extract all protection information.
9134
9135 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
9136 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
9137 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
9138 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
9139 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
9140
9141
9142 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9143
9144 @opindex preserve
9145 @item --preserve
9146 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
9147
9148 This option is deprecated, and will be removed in @GNUTAR{} version 1.23.
9149
9150 @end table
9151
9152 @node Portability
9153 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
9154
9155 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
9156 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
9157 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
9158 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
9159 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
9160 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
9161 archives more portable.
9162
9163 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
9164 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
9165 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
9166 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
9167
9168 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
9169 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
9170
9171 @menu
9172 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
9173 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
9174 * hard links:: Hard Links
9175 * old:: Old V7 Archives
9176 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
9177 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
9178 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
9179 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
9180 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
9181 * Other Tars:: How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using
9182 Other @command{tar} Implementations
9183 @end menu
9184
9185 @node Portable Names
9186 @subsection Portable Names
9187
9188 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
9189 only @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
9190 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
9191 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
9192 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
9193 less.
9194
9195 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
9196 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
9197 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
9198 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
9199 than System V's.
9200
9201 @node dereference
9202 @subsection Symbolic Links
9203 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
9204 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
9205
9206 @opindex dereference
9207 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
9208 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
9209 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
9210 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
9211 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
9212 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
9213 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
9214 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
9215
9216 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
9217 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
9218 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
9219 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
9220 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
9221 system.
9222
9223 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
9224 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
9225 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
9226
9227 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
9228 and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
9229 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
9230 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
9231
9232 @node hard links
9233 @subsection Hard Links
9234 @cindex File names, using hard links
9235 @cindex hard links, dereferencing
9236 @cindex dereferencing hard links
9237
9238 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a hard link, it writes a
9239 block to the archive naming the target of the link (a @samp{1} type
9240 block). In that way, the actual file contents is stored in file only
9241 once. For example, consider the following two files:
9242
9243 @smallexample
9244 @group
9245 $ ls
9246 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 one
9247 -rw-r--r-- 2 gray staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 jeden
9248 @end group
9249 @end smallexample
9250
9251 Here, @file{jeden} is a link to @file{one}. When archiving this
9252 directory with a verbose level 2, you will get an output similar to
9253 the following:
9254
9255 @smallexample
9256 $ tar cfvv ../archive.tar .
9257 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9258 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9259 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one link to ./jeden
9260 @end smallexample
9261
9262 The last line shows that, instead of storing two copies of the file,
9263 @command{tar} stored it only once, under the name @file{jeden}, and
9264 stored file @file{one} as a hard link to this file.
9265
9266 It may be important to know that all hard links to the given file are
9267 stored in the archive. For example, this may be necessary for exact
9268 reproduction of the file system. The following option does that:
9269
9270 @table @option
9271 @xopindex{check-links, described}
9272 @item --check-links
9273 @itemx -l
9274 Check the number of links dumped for each processed file. If this
9275 number does not match the total number of hard links for the file, print
9276 a warning message.
9277 @end table
9278
9279 For example, trying to archive only file @file{jeden} with this option
9280 produces the following diagnostics:
9281
9282 @smallexample
9283 $ tar -c -f ../archive.tar jeden
9284 tar: Missing links to `jeden'.
9285 @end smallexample
9286
9287 Although creating special records for hard links helps keep a faithful
9288 record of the file system contents and makes archives more compact, it
9289 may present some difficulties when extracting individual members from
9290 the archive. For example, trying to extract file @file{one} from the
9291 archive created in previous examples produces, in the absense of file
9292 @file{jeden}:
9293
9294 @smallexample
9295 $ tar xf archive.tar ./one
9296 tar: ./one: Cannot hard link to `./jeden': No such file or directory
9297 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9298 @end smallexample
9299
9300 The reason for this behavior is that @command{tar} cannot seek back in
9301 the archive to the previous member (in this case, @file{one}), to
9302 extract it@footnote{There are plans to fix this in future releases.}.
9303 If you wish to avoid such problems at the cost of a bigger archive,
9304 use the following option:
9305
9306 @table @option
9307 @xopindex{hard-dereference, described}
9308 @item --hard-dereference
9309 Dereference hard links and store the files they refer to.
9310 @end table
9311
9312 For example, trying this option on our two sample files, we get two
9313 copies in the archive, each of which can then be extracted
9314 independently of the other:
9315
9316 @smallexample
9317 @group
9318 $ tar -c -vv -f ../archive.tar --hard-dereference .
9319 drwxr-xr-x gray/staff 0 2007-10-30 15:13 ./
9320 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./jeden
9321 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 4 2007-10-30 15:11 ./one
9322 @end group
9323 @end smallexample
9324
9325 @node old
9326 @subsection Old V7 Archives
9327 @cindex Format, old style
9328 @cindex Old style format
9329 @cindex Old style archives
9330 @cindex v7 archive format
9331
9332 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
9333 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
9334 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
9335 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
9336 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
9337 accepts @option{--portability} or @option{--old-archive} for this
9338 option). When you specify it,
9339 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
9340 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
9341 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
9342
9343 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
9344 unless the archive was created using this option.
9345
9346 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
9347 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
9348 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
9349 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
9350 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions. Notice,
9351 however, that @samp{ustar} format is a better alternative, as it is
9352 free from many of @samp{v7}'s drawbacks.
9353
9354 @node ustar
9355 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
9356
9357 @cindex ustar archive format
9358 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
9359 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
9360 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
9361 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
9362 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
9363 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
9364
9365 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
9366 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
9367
9368 @node gnu
9369 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
9370
9371 @cindex GNU archive format
9372 @cindex Old GNU archive format
9373 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
9374 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
9375 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
9376 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
9377 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
9378 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
9379 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
9380 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
9381 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
9382
9383 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
9384 this format by default. This will change in future releases, since
9385 we plan to make @samp{POSIX} format the default.
9386
9387 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
9388 @option{--format=gnu}.
9389
9390 @node posix
9391 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
9392
9393 @cindex POSIX archive format
9394 @cindex PAX archive format
9395 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
9396 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
9397
9398 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
9399 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
9400 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
9401 archive.
9402
9403 @menu
9404 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
9405 @end menu
9406
9407 @node PAX keywords
9408 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
9409
9410 @table @option
9411 @opindex pax-option
9412 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
9413 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
9414 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
9415 @end table
9416
9417 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
9418 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
9419 the following forms:
9420
9421 @table @code
9422 @item delete=@var{pattern}
9423 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
9424 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
9425 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
9426
9427 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
9428 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
9429 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
9430 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
9431 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
9432
9433 @smallexample
9434 --pax-option delete=security.*
9435 @end smallexample
9436
9437 would suppress security-related information.
9438
9439 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
9440
9441 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
9442 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
9443 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
9444
9445 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9446 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9447 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9448 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated file name.
9449 @item %f @tab The name of the file with the directory information
9450 stripped, equivalent to the result of the @command{basename} utility
9451 on the translated file name.
9452 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9453 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9454 @end multitable
9455
9456 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
9457 results.
9458
9459 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9460 will use the following default value:
9461
9462 @smallexample
9463 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
9464 @end smallexample
9465
9466 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9467
9468 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9469 is written into the ustar header blocks for the extended headers.
9470 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the modification time
9471 of the archive member described by that extended headers.
9472
9473 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
9474 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
9475 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
9476 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
9477 the following substitutions:
9478
9479 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9480 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9481 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
9482 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
9483 starting at 1.
9484 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process.
9485 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
9486 @end multitable
9487
9488 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
9489
9490 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
9491 will use the following default value:
9492
9493 @smallexample
9494 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
9495 @end smallexample
9496
9497 @noindent
9498 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
9499 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
9500 uses @samp{/tmp}.
9501
9502 @item exthdr.mtime=@var{value}
9503
9504 This keyword defines the value of the @samp{mtime} field that
9505 is written into the ustar header blocks for the global extended headers.
9506 By default, the @samp{mtime} field is set to the time when
9507 @command{tar} was invoked.
9508
9509 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9510 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9511 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
9512 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
9513 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
9514 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
9515 record.
9516
9517 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
9518 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
9519 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
9520 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
9521 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
9522
9523 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
9524 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
9525 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
9526 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
9527 For example, in the command:
9528
9529 @smallexample
9530 tar --format=posix --create \
9531 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
9532 @end smallexample
9533
9534 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
9535 stored in the archive.
9536 @end table
9537
9538 In any of the forms described above, the @var{value} may be
9539 a string enclosed in curly braces. In that case, the string
9540 between the braces is understood either as a textual time
9541 representation, as described in @ref{Date input formats}, or a name of
9542 the existing file, starting with @samp{/} or @samp{.}. In the latter
9543 case, the modification time of that file is used.
9544
9545 For example, to set all modification times to the current date, you
9546 use the following option:
9547
9548 @smallexample
9549 --pax-option='mtime:=@{now@}'
9550 @end smallexample
9551
9552 Note quoting of the option's argument.
9553
9554 @cindex archives, binary equivalent
9555 @cindex binary equivalent archives, creating
9556 As another example, here is the option that ensures that any two
9557 archives created using it, will be binary equivalent if they have the
9558 same contents:
9559
9560 @smallexample
9561 --pax-option=exthdr.name=%d/PaxHeaders/%f,atime:=0
9562 @end smallexample
9563
9564 @node Checksumming
9565 @subsection Checksumming Problems
9566
9567 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
9568 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-@acronym{ASCII} file names, that
9569 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
9570 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
9571 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
9572 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
9573 accepts any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
9574 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
9575 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
9576 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
9577 vice versa.
9578
9579 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
9580 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
9581 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
9582 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
9583 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
9584 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
9585 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
9586 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
9587
9588 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
9589 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
9590 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
9591 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
9592 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
9593 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
9594 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
9595 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
9596 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
9597 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
9598 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
9599
9600 @node Large or Negative Values
9601 @subsection Large or Negative Values
9602 @cindex large values
9603 @cindex future time stamps
9604 @cindex negative time stamps
9605 @UNREVISED
9606
9607 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
9608 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
9609 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
9610 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
9611 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
9612 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
9613 help you to do so.
9614
9615 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
9616 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
9617 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
9618 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
9619 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
9620 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
9621 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
9622 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
9623 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
9624 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
9625 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
9626 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
9627 representations.
9628
9629 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
9630 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
9631 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
9632
9633 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
9634 POSIX-aware tars.}
9635
9636 @node Other Tars
9637 @subsection How to Extract GNU-Specific Data Using Other @command{tar} Implementations
9638
9639 In previous sections you became acquainted with various quirks
9640 necessary to make your archives portable. Sometimes you may need to
9641 extract archives containing GNU-specific members using some
9642 third-party @command{tar} implementation or an older version of
9643 @GNUTAR{}. Of course your best bet is to have @GNUTAR{} installed,
9644 but if it is for some reason impossible, this section will explain
9645 how to cope without it.
9646
9647 When we speak about @dfn{GNU-specific} members we mean two classes of
9648 them: members split between the volumes of a multi-volume archive and
9649 sparse members. You will be able to always recover such members if
9650 the archive is in PAX format. In addition split members can be
9651 recovered from archives in old GNU format. The following subsections
9652 describe the required procedures in detail.
9653
9654 @menu
9655 * Split Recovery:: Members Split Between Volumes
9656 * Sparse Recovery:: Sparse Members
9657 @end menu
9658
9659 @node Split Recovery
9660 @subsubsection Extracting Members Split Between Volumes
9661
9662 @cindex Mutli-volume archives, extracting using non-GNU tars
9663 If a member is split between several volumes of an old GNU format archive
9664 most third party @command{tar} implementation will fail to extract
9665 it. To extract it, use @command{tarcat} program (@pxref{Tarcat}).
9666 This program is available from
9667 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tarcat.html, @GNUTAR{}
9668 home page}. It concatenates several archive volumes into a single
9669 valid archive. For example, if you have three volumes named from
9670 @file{vol-1.tar} to @file{vol-3.tar}, you can do the following to
9671 extract them using a third-party @command{tar}:
9672
9673 @smallexample
9674 $ @kbd{tarcat vol-1.tar vol-2.tar vol-3.tar | tar xf -}
9675 @end smallexample
9676
9677 @cindex Mutli-volume archives in PAX format, extracting using non-GNU tars
9678 You could use this approach for most (although not all) PAX
9679 format archives as well. However, extracting split members from a PAX
9680 archive is a much easier task, because PAX volumes are constructed in
9681 such a way that each part of a split member is extracted to a
9682 different file by @command{tar} implementations that are not aware of
9683 GNU extensions. More specifically, the very first part retains its
9684 original name, and all subsequent parts are named using the pattern:
9685
9686 @smallexample
9687 %d/GNUFileParts.%p/%f.%n
9688 @end smallexample
9689
9690 @noindent
9691 where symbols preceeded by @samp{%} are @dfn{macro characters} that
9692 have the following meaning:
9693
9694 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
9695 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
9696 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
9697 result of the @command{dirname} utility on its full name.
9698 @item %f @tab The file name of the file, equivalent to the result
9699 of the @command{basename} utility on its full name.
9700 @item %p @tab The process @acronym{ID} of the @command{tar} process that
9701 created the archive.
9702 @item %n @tab Ordinal number of this particular part.
9703 @end multitable
9704
9705 For example, if the file @file{var/longfile} was split during archive
9706 creation between three volumes, and the creator @command{tar} process
9707 had process @acronym{ID} @samp{27962}, then the member names will be:
9708
9709 @smallexample
9710 var/longfile
9711 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1
9712 var/GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2
9713 @end smallexample
9714
9715 When you extract your archive using a third-party @command{tar}, these
9716 files will be created on your disk, and the only thing you will need
9717 to do to restore your file in its original form is concatenate them in
9718 the proper order, for example:
9719
9720 @smallexample
9721 @group
9722 $ @kbd{cd var}
9723 $ @kbd{cat GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.1 \
9724 GNUFileParts.27962/longfile.2 >> longfile}
9725 $ rm -f GNUFileParts.27962
9726 @end group
9727 @end smallexample
9728
9729 Notice, that if the @command{tar} implementation you use supports PAX
9730 format archives, it will probably emit warnings about unknown keywords
9731 during extraction. They will look like this:
9732
9733 @smallexample
9734 @group
9735 Tar file too small
9736 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.filename' ignored.
9737 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.size' ignored.
9738 Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.volume.offset' ignored.
9739 @end group
9740 @end smallexample
9741
9742 @noindent
9743 You can safely ignore these warnings.
9744
9745 If your @command{tar} implementation is not PAX-aware, you will get
9746 more warnings and more files generated on your disk, e.g.:
9747
9748 @smallexample
9749 @group
9750 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-1.tar}
9751 var/PaxHeaders.27962/longfile: Unknown file type 'x', extracted as
9752 normal file
9753 Unexpected EOF in archive
9754 $ @kbd{tar xf vol-2.tar}
9755 tmp/GlobalHead.27962.1: Unknown file type 'g', extracted as normal file
9756 GNUFileParts.27962/PaxHeaders.27962/sparsefile.1: Unknown file type
9757 'x', extracted as normal file
9758 @end group
9759 @end smallexample
9760
9761 Ignore these warnings. The @file{PaxHeaders.*} directories created
9762 will contain files with @dfn{extended header keywords} describing the
9763 extracted files. You can delete them, unless they describe sparse
9764 members. Read further to learn more about them.
9765
9766 @node Sparse Recovery
9767 @subsubsection Extracting Sparse Members
9768
9769 @cindex sparse files, extracting with non-GNU tars
9770 Any @command{tar} implementation will be able to extract sparse members from a
9771 PAX archive. However, the extracted files will be @dfn{condensed},
9772 i.e., any zero blocks will be removed from them. When we restore such
9773 a condensed file to its original form, by adding zero blocks (or
9774 @dfn{holes}) back to their original locations, we call this process
9775 @dfn{expanding} a compressed sparse file.
9776
9777 @pindex xsparse
9778 To expand a file, you will need a simple auxiliary program called
9779 @command{xsparse}. It is available in source form from
9780 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/xsparse.html, @GNUTAR{}
9781 home page}.
9782
9783 @cindex sparse files v.1.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
9784 Let's begin with archive members in @dfn{sparse format
9785 version 1.0}@footnote{@xref{PAX 1}.}, which are the easiest to expand.
9786 The condensed file will contain both file map and file data, so no
9787 additional data will be needed to restore it. If the original file
9788 name was @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the condensed file will be
9789 named @file{@var{dir}/@/GNUSparseFile.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
9790 @var{n} is a decimal number@footnote{technically speaking, @var{n} is a
9791 @dfn{process @acronym{ID}} of the @command{tar} process which created the
9792 archive (@pxref{PAX keywords}).}.
9793
9794 To expand a version 1.0 file, run @command{xsparse} as follows:
9795
9796 @smallexample
9797 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file}}
9798 @end smallexample
9799
9800 @noindent
9801 where @file{cond-file} is the name of the condensed file. The utility
9802 will deduce the name for the resulting expanded file using the
9803 following algorithm:
9804
9805 @enumerate 1
9806 @item If @file{cond-file} does not contain any directories,
9807 @file{../cond-file} will be used;
9808
9809 @item If @file{cond-file} has the form
9810 @file{@var{dir}/@var{t}/@var{name}}, where both @var{t} and @var{name}
9811 are simple names, with no @samp{/} characters in them, the output file
9812 name will be @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}.
9813
9814 @item Otherwise, if @file{cond-file} has the form
9815 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, the output file name will be
9816 @file{@var{name}}.
9817 @end enumerate
9818
9819 In the unlikely case when this algorithm does not suit your needs,
9820 you can explicitly specify output file name as a second argument to
9821 the command:
9822
9823 @smallexample
9824 $ @kbd{xsparse @file{cond-file} @file{out-file}}
9825 @end smallexample
9826
9827 It is often a good idea to run @command{xsparse} in @dfn{dry run} mode
9828 first. In this mode, the command does not actually expand the file,
9829 but verbosely lists all actions it would be taking to do so. The dry
9830 run mode is enabled by @option{-n} command line argument:
9831
9832 @smallexample
9833 @group
9834 $ @kbd{xsparse -n /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9835 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9836 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9837 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9838 Finished dry run
9839 @end group
9840 @end smallexample
9841
9842 To actually expand the file, you would run:
9843
9844 @smallexample
9845 $ @kbd{xsparse /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9846 @end smallexample
9847
9848 @noindent
9849 The program behaves the same way all UNIX utilities do: it will keep
9850 quiet unless it has simething important to tell you (e.g. an error
9851 condition or something). If you wish it to produce verbose output,
9852 similar to that from the dry run mode, use @option{-v} option:
9853
9854 @smallexample
9855 @group
9856 $ @kbd{xsparse -v /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9857 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9858 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9859 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9860 Done
9861 @end group
9862 @end smallexample
9863
9864 Additionally, if your @command{tar} implementation has extracted the
9865 @dfn{extended headers} for this file, you can instruct @command{xstar}
9866 to use them in order to verify the integrity of the expanded file.
9867 The option @option{-x} sets the name of the extended header file to
9868 use. Continuing our example:
9869
9870 @smallexample
9871 @group
9872 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x /home/gray/PaxHeaders.6058/sparsefile \
9873 /home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9874 Reading extended header file
9875 Found variable GNU.sparse.major = 1
9876 Found variable GNU.sparse.minor = 0
9877 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
9878 Found variable GNU.sparse.realsize = 217481216
9879 Reading v.1.0 sparse map
9880 Expanding file `/home/gray/GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile' to
9881 `/home/gray/sparsefile'
9882 Done
9883 @end group
9884 @end smallexample
9885
9886 @anchor{extracting sparse v.0.x}
9887 @cindex sparse files v.0.1, extracting with non-GNU tars
9888 @cindex sparse files v.0.0, extracting with non-GNU tars
9889 An @dfn{extended header} is a special @command{tar} archive header
9890 that precedes an archive member and contains a set of
9891 @dfn{variables}, describing the member properties that cannot be
9892 stored in the standard @code{ustar} header. While optional for
9893 expanding sparse version 1.0 members, the use of extended headers is
9894 mandatory when expanding sparse members in older sparse formats: v.0.0
9895 and v.0.1 (The sparse formats are described in detail in @ref{Sparse
9896 Formats}.) So, for these formats, the question is: how to obtain
9897 extended headers from the archive?
9898
9899 If you use a @command{tar} implementation that does not support PAX
9900 format, extended headers for each member will be extracted as a
9901 separate file. If we represent the member name as
9902 @file{@var{dir}/@var{name}}, then the extended header file will be
9903 named @file{@var{dir}/@/PaxHeaders.@var{n}/@/@var{name}}, where
9904 @var{n} is an integer number.
9905
9906 Things become more difficult if your @command{tar} implementation
9907 does support PAX headers, because in this case you will have to
9908 manually extract the headers. We recommend the following algorithm:
9909
9910 @enumerate 1
9911 @item
9912 Consult the documentation of your @command{tar} implementation for an
9913 option that prints @dfn{block numbers} along with the archive
9914 listing (analogous to @GNUTAR{}'s @option{-R} option). For example,
9915 @command{star} has @option{-block-number}.
9916
9917 @item
9918 Obtain verbose listing using the @samp{block number} option, and
9919 find block numbers of the sparse member in question and the member
9920 immediately following it. For example, running @command{star} on our
9921 archive we obtain:
9922
9923 @smallexample
9924 @group
9925 $ @kbd{star -t -v -block-number -f arc.tar}
9926 @dots{}
9927 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.size' ignored.
9928 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.numblocks' ignored.
9929 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.name' ignored.
9930 star: Unknown extended header keyword 'GNU.sparse.map' ignored.
9931 block 56: 425984 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 25 14:46 2006 GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile
9932 block 897: 65391 -rw-r--r-- gray/users Jun 24 20:06 2006 README
9933 @dots{}
9934 @end group
9935 @end smallexample
9936
9937 @noindent
9938 (as usual, ignore the warnings about unknown keywords.)
9939
9940 @item
9941 Let @var{size} be the size of the sparse member, @var{Bs} be its block number
9942 and @var{Bn} be the block number of the next member.
9943 Compute:
9944
9945 @smallexample
9946 @var{N} = @var{Bs} - @var{Bn} - @var{size}/512 - 2
9947 @end smallexample
9948
9949 @noindent
9950 This number gives the size of the extended header part in tar @dfn{blocks}.
9951 In our example, this formula gives: @code{897 - 56 - 425984 / 512 - 2
9952 = 7}.
9953
9954 @item
9955 Use @command{dd} to extract the headers:
9956
9957 @smallexample
9958 @kbd{dd if=@var{archive} of=@var{hname} bs=512 skip=@var{Bs} count=@var{N}}
9959 @end smallexample
9960
9961 @noindent
9962 where @var{archive} is the archive name, @var{hname} is a name of the
9963 file to store the extended header in, @var{Bs} and @var{N} are
9964 computed in previous steps.
9965
9966 In our example, this command will be
9967
9968 @smallexample
9969 $ @kbd{dd if=arc.tar of=xhdr bs=512 skip=56 count=7}
9970 @end smallexample
9971 @end enumerate
9972
9973 Finally, you can expand the condensed file, using the obtained header:
9974
9975 @smallexample
9976 @group
9977 $ @kbd{xsparse -v -x xhdr GNUSparseFile.6058/sparsefile}
9978 Reading extended header file
9979 Found variable GNU.sparse.size = 217481216
9980 Found variable GNU.sparse.numblocks = 208
9981 Found variable GNU.sparse.name = sparsefile
9982 Found variable GNU.sparse.map = 0,2048,1050624,2048,@dots{}
9983 Expanding file `GNUSparseFile.28124/sparsefile' to `sparsefile'
9984 Done
9985 @end group
9986 @end smallexample
9987
9988 @node cpio
9989 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
9990 @UNREVISED
9991
9992 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
9993
9994 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
9995 file name lengths. The binary and old @acronym{ASCII} formats have a maximum file
9996 length of 256, and the new @acronym{ASCII} and @acronym{CRC ASCII} formats have a max
9997 file length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
9998 with arbitrary file name lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
9999 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
10000
10001 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in @acronym{BSD};
10002 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
10003 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
10004 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
10005 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
10006 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
10007 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
10008 into a later @acronym{BSD} release---I think I gave them my changes).
10009
10010 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
10011 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
10012 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
10013 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
10014
10015 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
10016
10017 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and @acronym{BSD} source;
10018 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later @acronym{BSD}
10019 (4.3-tahoe and later).
10020
10021 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
10022 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the @acronym{BSD} file system);
10023 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its ``binary''
10024 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its ``portable @acronym{ASCII}'' format,
10025 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system @acronym{ID}"
10026 field of the header to make sure that the file system @acronym{ID}/i-number pairs
10027 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
10028 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
10029 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
10030 make hard links between them.
10031
10032 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
10033 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
10034 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
10035 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
10036 of the names.
10037
10038 @quotation
10039 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
10040 @end quotation
10041
10042 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
10043 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
10044 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
10045
10046 @quotation
10047 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10048 at the unix scene,
10049 @end quotation
10050
10051 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
10052 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
10053 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
10054 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
10055 @command{cpio} knew about it.
10056
10057 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
10058 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
10059 rest of the files.
10060
10061 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
10062
10063 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
10064 to start on a record boundary.
10065
10066 @quotation
10067 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
10068 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
10069 crashed archives at all.)
10070 @end quotation
10071
10072 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
10073 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
10074 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
10075 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
10076 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
10077 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
10078 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
10079 archive.
10080
10081 @quotation
10082 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
10083 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
10084 @end quotation
10085
10086 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
10087 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
10088 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
10089 special files.
10090
10091 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
10092 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
10093 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
10094 backwards compatibility.
10095
10096 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
10097 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
10098 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
10099
10100 @node Media
10101 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
10102 @UNREVISED
10103
10104 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
10105 description. These special cases are discussed below.
10106
10107 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
10108 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
10109 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
10110 such manipulation easier.
10111
10112 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
10113 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
10114
10115 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
10116 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
10117 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
10118 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
10119
10120 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
10121 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
10122 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
10123 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
10124 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
10125 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
10126
10127 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
10128 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
10129 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
10130 not a good idea.
10131
10132 @menu
10133 * Device:: Device selection and switching
10134 * Remote Tape Server::
10135 * Common Problems and Solutions::
10136 * Blocking:: Blocking
10137 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
10138 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
10139 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
10140 * verify::
10141 * Write Protection::
10142 @end menu
10143
10144 @node Device
10145 @section Device Selection and Switching
10146 @UNREVISED
10147
10148 @table @option
10149 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10150 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
10151 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
10152 @end table
10153
10154 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
10155 works on.
10156
10157 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
10158 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
10159 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
10160 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
10161 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
10162
10163 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
10164 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
10165 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
10166 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
10167 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
10168 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
10169 @command{rsh}.
10170 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
10171 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
10172 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
10173 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
10174 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
10175 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
10176 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
10177 runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
10178 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
10179 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
10180
10181 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
10182 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
10183 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
10184 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
10185 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
10186
10187 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
10188 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
10189 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
10190 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
10191 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
10192 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
10193 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
10194 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
10195 cartridges or diskettes.
10196
10197 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
10198 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
10199 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
10200 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
10201 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
10202 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
10203 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
10204 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
10205 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
10206 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
10207 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
10208 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
10209
10210 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
10211 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
10212 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
10213 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
10214 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
10215
10216 @table @option
10217 @xopindex{force-local, short description}
10218 @item --force-local
10219 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
10220
10221 @opindex rsh-command
10222 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
10223 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
10224 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
10225 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
10226
10227 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
10228 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
10229 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
10230 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
10231 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
10232 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
10233
10234 @item -[0-7][lmh]
10235 Specify drive and density.
10236
10237 @xopindex{multi-volume, short description}
10238 @item -M
10239 @itemx --multi-volume
10240 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
10241
10242 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
10243 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
10244 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
10245
10246 @xopindex{tape-length, short description}
10247 @item -L @var{num}
10248 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
10249 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
10250
10251 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
10252 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
10253 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
10254
10255 @xopindex{info-script, short description}
10256 @xopindex{new-volume-script, short description}
10257 @item -F @var{file}
10258 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
10259 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
10260 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
10261 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
10262 description of this option.
10263 @end table
10264
10265 @node Remote Tape Server
10266 @section The Remote Tape Server
10267
10268 @cindex remote tape drive
10269 @pindex rmt
10270 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
10271 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
10272 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
10273 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
10274 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
10275 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
10276 using a different login name if one is supplied.
10277
10278 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
10279 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
10280 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
10281 installed by default.
10282
10283 @cindex absolute file names
10284 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
10285 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
10286 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
10287 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
10288 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
10289 message telling you what it is doing.
10290
10291 When reading an archive that was created with a different
10292 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
10293 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
10294 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
10295 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
10296 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
10297 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
10298 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
10299 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
10300 backup tapes.
10301
10302 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
10303 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
10304 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
10305 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
10306 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
10307 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
10308 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
10309
10310 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
10311 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
10312 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
10313 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
10314 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
10315 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
10316
10317 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
10318 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
10319 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
10320 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
10321 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
10322 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
10323
10324 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
10325 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
10326 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
10327 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
10328 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
10329
10330 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
10331 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
10332
10333 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
10334 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
10335 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
10336 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
10337 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
10338 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
10339 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
10340 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
10341
10342 @node Common Problems and Solutions
10343 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
10344
10345 @ifclear PUBLISH
10346
10347 @format
10348 errors from system:
10349 permission denied
10350 no such file or directory
10351 not owner
10352
10353 errors from @command{tar}:
10354 directory checksum error
10355 header format error
10356
10357 errors from media/system:
10358 i/o error
10359 device busy
10360 @end format
10361
10362 @end ifclear
10363
10364 @node Blocking
10365 @section Blocking
10366 @cindex block
10367 @cindex record
10368
10369 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
10370 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
10371 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
10372 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
10373 two terms in a quite consistent way.
10374
10375 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
10376 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
10377
10378 @quotation
10379 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
10380 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
10381 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
10382 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
10383 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
10384 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
10385 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
10386 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
10387 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
10388 parameter specified this to the operating system.
10389
10390 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
10391 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
10392 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
10393 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
10394 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
10395 into the source code too.
10396 @end quotation
10397
10398 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
10399 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
10400 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
10401 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
10402 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
10403 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
10404 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
10405 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
10406 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
10407 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
10408 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
10409 in @GNUTAR{}.
10410
10411 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
10412 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
10413 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
10414 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
10415 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
10416 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
10417 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
10418 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
10419 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
10420 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
10421 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
10422 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
10423 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
10424 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
10425 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
10426
10427 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
10428 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
10429 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10430 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
10431 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
10432 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
10433 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
10434 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
10435 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
10436
10437 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
10438 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
10439 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
10440 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
10441 honor blocking.
10442
10443 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
10444 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
10445 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
10446 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
10447 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
10448 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
10449 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
10450 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
10451 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
10452 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
10453 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
10454 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
10455 you must always specify the record size exactly with
10456 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
10457 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
10458 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
10459 correctly.
10460
10461 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
10462 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
10463 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
10464 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
10465 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
10466
10467 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
10468 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
10469 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
10470 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
10471 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
10472 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
10473 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
10474 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
10475 around one megabyte.
10476
10477 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
10478 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
10479 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
10480 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
10481 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
10482 device.
10483
10484 @menu
10485 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
10486 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10487 @end menu
10488
10489 @node Format Variations
10490 @subsection Format Variations
10491 @cindex Format Parameters
10492 @cindex Format Options
10493 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
10494 @cindex Options, format specifying
10495 @UNREVISED
10496
10497 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
10498 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
10499 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
10500 store the archive.
10501
10502 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
10503 you can use the options described in the following sections.
10504 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
10505 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
10506 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
10507 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
10508 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
10509 examples of format parameter considerations.
10510
10511 @node Blocking Factor
10512 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
10513 @cindex Blocking Factor
10514 @cindex Record Size
10515 @cindex Number of blocks per record
10516 @cindex Number of bytes per record
10517 @cindex Bytes per record
10518 @cindex Blocks per record
10519 @UNREVISED
10520
10521 @opindex blocking-factor
10522 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
10523 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
10524 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (i.e., the size of a
10525 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
10526 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
10527 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
10528 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
10529 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
10530 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
10531 This may not work on some devices.
10532
10533 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
10534 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
10535 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
10536 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
10537 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
10538 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
10539 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
10540 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
10541 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
10542 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
10543 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
10544 writing archives.
10545
10546 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
10547
10548 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
10549 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
10550 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
10551 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
10552 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
10553 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
10554
10555 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
10556 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
10557 example, this has been reported:
10558
10559 @smallexample
10560 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
10561 @end smallexample
10562
10563 @noindent
10564 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
10565 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
10566 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
10567 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
10568 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
10569 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
10570 for example, might resolve the problem.
10571
10572 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
10573 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
10574 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
10575 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
10576 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
10577 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
10578 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
10579 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
10580 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
10581 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
10582 (i.e., @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
10583 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
10584 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
10585
10586 @table @option
10587 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
10588 @itemx -b @var{number}
10589 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
10590 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
10591 @end table
10592
10593 Device blocking
10594
10595 @table @option
10596 @item -b @var{blocks}
10597 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
10598 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
10599
10600 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
10601 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
10602 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
10603 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
10604 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
10605 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
10606
10607 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
10608 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
10609 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
10610 running on old machines with small address spaces.
10611
10612 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
10613 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
10614 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
10615 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
10616 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
10617
10618 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
10619 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
10620 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
10621 updating the archive.
10622
10623 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
10624 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
10625 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
10626 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
10627
10628 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
10629 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
10630 the amount of available virtual memory.
10631
10632 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
10633 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
10634 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
10635 @itemize @bullet
10636 @item
10637 the archive is subject to a compression option,
10638 @item
10639 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
10640 redirected nor piped,
10641 @item
10642 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
10643 device,
10644 @item
10645 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
10646 invocation.
10647 @end itemize
10648
10649 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
10650 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
10651 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
10652 topic:
10653
10654 @itemize @bullet
10655
10656 @item
10657 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
10658 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
10659 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
10660 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
10661 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
10662 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
10663
10664 @item
10665 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
10666 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
10667 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
10668 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
10669 ignored.
10670
10671 @item
10672 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
10673 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
10674 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
10675 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
10676 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
10677 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
10678 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
10679
10680 @item
10681 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
10682 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
10683 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
10684 @end itemize
10685
10686 @xopindex{ignore-zeros, short description}
10687 @item -i
10688 @itemx --ignore-zeros
10689 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
10690
10691 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
10692 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
10693 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
10694 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
10695 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
10696 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
10697 the zeroed blocks.
10698
10699 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
10700 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
10701 are stored on a single physical tape.
10702
10703 @xopindex{read-full-records, short description}
10704 @item -B
10705 @itemx --read-full-records
10706 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2@acronym{BSD} pipes).
10707
10708 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
10709 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
10710 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
10711 until it has obtained a full
10712 record.
10713
10714 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
10715 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
10716 because on @acronym{BSD} Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
10717 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
10718 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
10719 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
10720
10721 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
10722
10723 @end table
10724
10725 Tape blocking
10726
10727 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
10728
10729 @cindex blocking factor
10730 @cindex tape blocking
10731
10732 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
10733 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
10734 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
10735 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
10736 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
10737 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
10738 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
10739 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
10740 tape motion without loosing information.
10741
10742 @cindex Exabyte blocking
10743 @cindex DAT blocking
10744 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
10745 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
10746 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
10747 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
10748 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
10749 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
10750 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
10751 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
10752 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
10753 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
10754 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
10755 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
10756 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
10757 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
10758 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
10759 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
10760
10761 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
10762 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
10763 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
10764 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
10765
10766 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
10767 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
10768 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
10769
10770 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
10771 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
10772 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
10773
10774 @node Many
10775 @section Many Archives on One Tape
10776
10777 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
10778
10779 @findex ntape @r{device}
10780 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
10781 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
10782 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
10783 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
10784 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
10785 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
10786 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
10787 device.
10788
10789 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
10790 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
10791 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
10792 means that a simple:
10793
10794 @smallexample
10795 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
10796 @end smallexample
10797
10798 @noindent
10799 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
10800 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
10801 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
10802 just been saved.
10803
10804 @cindex tape positioning
10805 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
10806 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
10807 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
10808 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
10809 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
10810 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
10811 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
10812 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
10813 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
10814 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
10815 recovered.
10816
10817 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
10818 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
10819
10820 @smallexample
10821 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
10822 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
10823 @end smallexample
10824
10825 @cindex tape marks
10826 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
10827 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
10828 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
10829 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
10830 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
10831 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
10832 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
10833 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
10834 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
10835 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
10836 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
10837
10838 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
10839 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
10840
10841 @smallexample
10842 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
10843 @end smallexample
10844
10845 @noindent
10846 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
10847
10848 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
10849 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
10850 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
10851 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
10852 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
10853 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
10854 these commands:
10855
10856 @smallexample
10857 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
10858 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
10859 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
10860 @end smallexample
10861
10862 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
10863 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
10864
10865 @menu
10866 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
10867 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
10868 @end menu
10869
10870 @node Tape Positioning
10871 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
10872 @UNREVISED
10873
10874 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
10875 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
10876 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
10877 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
10878 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
10879 two at the end of all the file entries.
10880
10881 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
10882 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
10883
10884 @smallexample
10885 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
10886 @end smallexample
10887
10888 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
10889 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
10890 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
10891 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
10892 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
10893 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
10894 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
10895 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
10896 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
10897 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
10898 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
10899 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
10900
10901 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
10902 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
10903 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
10904 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
10905 following:
10906
10907 @smallexample
10908 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
10909 @end smallexample
10910
10911 @node mt
10912 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
10913 @UNREVISED
10914
10915 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
10916 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
10917 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
10918
10919 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
10920 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
10921 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
10922 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
10923 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
10924 together"?}
10925
10926 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
10927
10928 @smallexample
10929 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
10930 @end smallexample
10931
10932 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
10933 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
10934 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
10935
10936 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
10937
10938 @table @option
10939 @item eof
10940 @itemx weof
10941 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
10942
10943 @item fsf
10944 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
10945
10946 @item bsf
10947 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
10948
10949 @item rewind
10950 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
10951
10952 @item offline
10953 @itemx rewoff1
10954 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
10955
10956 @item status
10957 Prints status information about the tape unit.
10958
10959 @end table
10960
10961 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
10962 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
10963 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
10964 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
10965 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
10966
10967 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
10968 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
10969 failed.
10970
10971 @node Using Multiple Tapes
10972 @section Using Multiple Tapes
10973
10974 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
10975 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
10976 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
10977 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
10978 Therefore, @command{tar} provides a special mode for creating
10979 multi-volume archives.
10980
10981 @dfn{Multi-volume} archive is a single @command{tar} archive, stored
10982 on several media volumes of fixed size. Although in this section we will
10983 often call @samp{volume} a @dfn{tape}, there is absolutely no
10984 requirement for multi-volume archives to be stored on tapes. Instead,
10985 they can use whatever media type the user finds convenient, they can
10986 even be located on files.
10987
10988 When creating a multi-volume archive, @GNUTAR{} continues to fill
10989 current volume until it runs out of space, then it switches to
10990 next volume (usually the operator is queried to replace the tape on
10991 this point), and continues working on the new volume. This operation
10992 continues until all requested files are dumped. If @GNUTAR{} detects
10993 end of media while dumping a file, such a file is archived in split
10994 form. Some very big files can even be split across several volumes.
10995
10996 Each volume is itself a valid @GNUTAR{} archive, so it can be read
10997 without any special options. Consequently any file member residing
10998 entirely on one volume can be extracted or otherwise operated upon
10999 without needing the other volume. Sure enough, to extract a split
11000 member you would need all volumes its parts reside on.
11001
11002 Multi-volume archives suffer from several limitations. In particular,
11003 they cannot be compressed.
11004
11005 @GNUTAR{} is able to create multi-volume archives of two formats
11006 (@pxref{Formats}): @samp{GNU} and @samp{POSIX}.
11007
11008 @menu
11009 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11010 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
11011 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11012
11013 @end menu
11014
11015 @node Multi-Volume Archives
11016 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
11017 @cindex Multi-volume archives
11018
11019 @opindex multi-volume
11020 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
11021 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
11022 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
11023 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
11024 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
11025 than one tape or disk.
11026
11027 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
11028 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
11029 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
11030 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
11031 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
11032 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
11033
11034 @table @option
11035 @item --multi-volume
11036 @itemx -M
11037 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
11038 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
11039 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
11040 operation.
11041 For example:
11042
11043 @smallexample
11044 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11045 @end smallexample
11046 @end table
11047
11048 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
11049 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. If @command{tar}
11050 cannot detect the end of the tape itself, you can use
11051 @option{--tape-length} option to inform it about the capacity of the
11052 tape:
11053
11054 @anchor{tape-length}
11055 @table @option
11056 @opindex tape-length
11057 @item --tape-length=@var{size}
11058 @itemx -L @var{size}
11059 Set maximum length of a volume. The @var{size} argument should then
11060 be the usable size of the tape in units of 1024 bytes. This option
11061 selects @option{--multi-volume} automatically. For example:
11062
11063 @smallexample
11064 $ @kbd{tar --create --tape-length=41943040 --file=/dev/tape @var{files}}
11065 @end smallexample
11066 @end table
11067
11068 @anchor{change volume prompt}
11069 When @GNUTAR{} comes to the end of a storage media, it asks you to
11070 change the volume. The built-in prompt for POSIX locale
11071 is@footnote{If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the
11072 translation to the locale's language will be used.}:
11073
11074 @smallexample
11075 Prepare volume #@var{n} for `@var{archive}' and hit return:
11076 @end smallexample
11077
11078 @noindent
11079 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
11080 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
11081
11082 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
11083 responses:
11084
11085 @table @kbd
11086 @item ?
11087 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
11088 @item q
11089 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
11090 @item n @var{file-name}
11091 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
11092 @item !
11093 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
11094 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to
11095 @command{tar}@footnote{@xref{--restrict}, for more information about
11096 this option}.
11097 @item y
11098 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
11099 @end table
11100
11101 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
11102 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
11103
11104 @cindex Volume number file
11105 @cindex volno file
11106 @anchor{volno-file}
11107 @opindex volno-file
11108 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-changing prompt
11109 can be changed; if you give the
11110 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
11111 @var{file-of-number} should be an non-existing file to be created, or
11112 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
11113 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
11114 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
11115 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
11116 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
11117 the number used in the prompt.)
11118
11119 @cindex End-of-archive info script
11120 @cindex Info script
11121 @anchor{info-script}
11122 @opindex info-script
11123 @opindex new-volume-script
11124 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, you can write a special
11125 @dfn{new volume script}, that will be responsible for changing the
11126 volume, and instruct @command{tar} to use it instead of its normal
11127 prompting procedure:
11128
11129 @table @option
11130 @item --info-script=@var{script-name}
11131 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-name}
11132 @itemx -F @var{script-name}
11133 Specify the full name of the volume script to use. The script can be
11134 used to eject cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as
11135 @samp{Someone please come change my tape} when performing unattended
11136 backups.
11137 @end table
11138
11139 The @var{script-name} is executed without any command line
11140 arguments. It inherits @command{tar}'s shell environment.
11141 Additional data is passed to it via the following
11142 environment variables:
11143
11144 @table @env
11145 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
11146 @item TAR_VERSION
11147 @GNUTAR{} version number.
11148
11149 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
11150 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
11151 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
11152
11153 @vrindex TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR, info script environment variable
11154 @item TAR_BLOCKING_FACTOR
11155 Current blocking factor (@pxref{Blocking}.
11156
11157 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
11158 @item TAR_VOLUME
11159 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
11160
11161 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
11162 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
11163 A short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing
11164 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
11165
11166 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
11167 @item TAR_FORMAT
11168 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
11169 list of archive format names.
11170
11171 @vrindex TAR_FD, info script environment variable
11172 @item TAR_FD
11173 File descriptor which can be used to communicate the new volume
11174 name to @command{tar}.
11175 @end table
11176
11177 The volume script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
11178 by writing in to file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD} (see below for an example).
11179
11180 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
11181 writing the next volume.
11182
11183 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
11184 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
11185 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
11186 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
11187 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
11188 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
11189 the info script). For example, suppose someone has two tape drives on
11190 a system named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having
11191 @GNUTAR{} to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
11192 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
11193
11194 @smallexample
11195 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11196 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
11197 @end smallexample
11198
11199 The second method is to use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change
11200 prompt.
11201
11202 Finally, the most flexible approach is to use a volume script, that
11203 writes new archive name to the file descriptor @env{$TAR_FD}. For example, the
11204 following volume script will create a series of archive files, named
11205 @file{@var{archive}-@var{vol}}, where @var{archive} is the name of the
11206 archive being created (as given by @option{--file} option) and
11207 @var{vol} is the ordinal number of the archive being created:
11208
11209 @smallexample
11210 @group
11211 #! /bin/sh
11212 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
11213
11214 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
11215 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
11216 -c) ;;
11217 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
11218 ;;
11219 *) exit 1
11220 esac
11221
11222 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&$TAR_FD
11223 @end group
11224 @end smallexample
11225
11226 The same script can be used while listing, comparing or extracting
11227 from the created archive. For example:
11228
11229 @smallexample
11230 @group
11231 # @r{Create a multi-volume archive:}
11232 $ @kbd{tar -c -L1024 -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11233 # @r{Extract from the created archive:}
11234 $ @kbd{tar -x -f archive.tar -F new-volume .}
11235 @end group
11236 @end smallexample
11237
11238 @noindent
11239 Notice, that the first command had to use @option{-L} option, since
11240 otherwise @GNUTAR{} will end up writing everything to file
11241 @file{archive.tar}.
11242
11243 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
11244 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
11245 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
11246 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
11247 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
11248 @option{--multi-volume}.
11249
11250 If an archive member is split across volumes (i.e., its entry begins on
11251 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
11252 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
11253 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
11254 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
11255 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
11256 information about extracting archives.
11257
11258 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
11259 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
11260 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
11261 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
11262
11263 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
11264 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@pxref{label}) when it was
11265 created, @command{tar} will not automatically label volumes which are
11266 added later. To label subsequent volumes, specify
11267 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again in conjunction with the
11268 @option{--append}, @option{--update} or @option{--concatenate} operation.
11269
11270 Notice that multi-volume support is a GNU extension and the archives
11271 created in this mode should be read only using @GNUTAR{}. If you
11272 absolutely have to process such archives using a third-party @command{tar}
11273 implementation, read @ref{Split Recovery}.
11274
11275 @node Tape Files
11276 @subsection Tape Files
11277 @cindex labeling archives
11278 @opindex label
11279 @UNREVISED
11280
11281 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
11282 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
11283 option. This will write a special block identifying
11284 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
11285 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
11286 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
11287 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
11288 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
11289 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
11290 (If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
11291 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
11292 matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
11293
11294 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
11295 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
11296 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
11297 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
11298 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
11299 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
11300 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
11301
11302 People seem to often do:
11303
11304 @smallexample
11305 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
11306 @end smallexample
11307
11308 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
11309
11310 @node Tarcat
11311 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
11312
11313 @pindex tarcat
11314 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
11315 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
11316 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
11317 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
11318 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
11319
11320 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
11321 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
11322
11323 @smallexample
11324 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
11325 @end smallexample
11326
11327 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
11328 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
11329 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
11330 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
11331 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
11332 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
11333
11334 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
11335
11336 @node label
11337 @section Including a Label in the Archive
11338 @cindex Labeling an archive
11339 @cindex Labels on the archive media
11340 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
11341 @UNREVISED
11342
11343 @opindex label
11344 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
11345 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
11346 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
11347 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11348 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
11349 a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
11350
11351 @table @option
11352 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
11353 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
11354 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
11355 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
11356 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
11357 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
11358 operation.
11359 @end table
11360
11361 If you create an archive using both
11362 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
11363 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
11364 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
11365 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
11366 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
11367 creating multiple volume archives.
11368
11369 @cindex Volume label, listing
11370 @cindex Listing volume label
11371 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
11372 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
11373 explicitly marked as in the example below:
11374
11375 @smallexample
11376 @group
11377 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
11378 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
11379 -rw-r--r-- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
11380 @end group
11381 @end smallexample
11382
11383 @opindex test-label
11384 @anchor{--test-label option}
11385 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
11386 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
11387 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
11388 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
11389 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
11390 devices. For example:
11391
11392 @smallexample
11393 @group
11394 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
11395 iamalabel
11396 @end group
11397 @end smallexample
11398
11399 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
11400 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
11401 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
11402 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
11403
11404 @smallexample
11405 @group
11406 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
11407 @result{} 0
11408 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
11409 @result{} 1
11410 @end group
11411 @end smallexample
11412
11413 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
11414 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
11415 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
11416 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
11417 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
11418 to @file{archive}, presumably labeled with string @samp{My volume},
11419 you will get:
11420
11421 @smallexample
11422 @group
11423 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
11424 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
11425 @end group
11426 @end smallexample
11427
11428 @noindent
11429 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
11430 @file{archive} is not labeled at all.
11431
11432 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
11433 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
11434 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
11435 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
11436 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
11437 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
11438 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
11439 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
11440 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
11441 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
11442 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
11443 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
11444 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
11445 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
11446 of it when the archive is being read.
11447
11448 The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
11449 available under that name anymore.
11450
11451 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
11452 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
11453 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
11454 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
11455
11456 @smallexample
11457 @group
11458 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11459 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
11460 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
11461 @end group
11462 @end smallexample
11463
11464 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
11465 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
11466 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
11467 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
11468 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
11469 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
11470 is usually not the case.
11471
11472 @node verify
11473 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
11474 @cindex Verifying a write operation
11475 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
11476
11477 @table @option
11478 @item -W
11479 @itemx --verify
11480 @opindex verify, short description
11481 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
11482 @end table
11483
11484 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
11485 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
11486 are recorded on the standard error output.
11487
11488 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
11489 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
11490 cannot be verified.
11491
11492 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
11493 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
11494 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
11495 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
11496 it is up to date.
11497
11498 @xopindex{verify, using with @option{--create}}
11499 @xopindex{create, using with @option{--verify}}
11500 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
11501 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
11502 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
11503 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
11504 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
11505
11506 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
11507 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
11508 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
11509 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
11510
11511 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
11512 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
11513 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
11514 @xref{compare}.
11515
11516 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
11517 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
11518 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
11519 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
11520 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
11521 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
11522 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
11523 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
11524 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
11525 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
11526 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
11527 the same volume as the one just written or read.
11528
11529 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
11530 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
11531 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
11532 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
11533 as long as programming is concerned.
11534
11535 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
11536 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
11537 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
11538 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
11539 information on these operations.
11540
11541 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
11542 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
11543 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
11544 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
11545 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
11546
11547 @node Write Protection
11548 @section Write Protection
11549
11550 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
11551 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
11552 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
11553 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
11554 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
11555 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
11556
11557 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
11558 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
11559 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
11560 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
11561 changeable feature.
11562
11563 @node Changes
11564 @appendix Changes
11565
11566 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
11567 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
11568 version of this document is available at
11569 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
11570 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
11571
11572 @table @asis
11573 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
11574
11575 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
11576 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
11577
11578 @smallexample
11579 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
11580 @end smallexample
11581
11582 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
11583 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
11584 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
11585 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
11586 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
11587 named @file{*.c}.
11588
11589 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
11590 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
11591 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
11592 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
11593
11594 @smallexample
11595 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
11596 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
11597 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
11598 tar: suppress this warning.
11599 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
11600 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
11601 @end smallexample
11602
11603 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use --wildcards option.
11604 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
11605 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
11606
11607 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
11608 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
11609
11610 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
11611
11612 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
11613 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
11614
11615 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
11616 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
11617 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
11618
11619 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
11620 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
11621 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
11622
11623 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
11624 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
11625 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
11626 of this issue and its implications.
11627
11628 @xref{Options, tar-formats, Changing Automake's Behavior,
11629 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
11630 archive formats with @command{automake}.
11631
11632 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
11633 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
11634
11635 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
11636
11637 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
11638 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
11639 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
11640 implementation, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
11641 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
11642 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
11643 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
11644
11645 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
11646
11647 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
11648
11649 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
11650
11651 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
11652 @end table
11653
11654 @node Configuring Help Summary
11655 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
11656
11657 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
11658 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organized by @dfn{groups} of
11659 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
11660 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
11661 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
11662 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
11663 --help} output:
11664
11665 @verbatim
11666 Main operation mode:
11667
11668 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
11669 -c, --create create a new archive
11670 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
11671 file system
11672 --delete delete from the archive
11673 @end verbatim
11674
11675 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
11676 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
11677 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
11678 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
11679 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
11680 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
11681 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
11682 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
11683 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
11684
11685 @table @asis
11686 @item Offset assignment
11687
11688 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
11689
11690 @smallexample
11691 @var{variable}=@var{value}
11692 @end smallexample
11693
11694 @noindent
11695 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
11696 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
11697
11698 @item Boolean assignment
11699
11700 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
11701 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
11702 example:
11703
11704 @smallexample
11705 @group
11706 # Assign @code{true} value:
11707 dup-args
11708 # Assign @code{false} value:
11709 no-dup-args
11710 @end group
11711 @end smallexample
11712 @end table
11713
11714 Following variables are declared:
11715
11716 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
11717 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
11718 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
11719
11720 @smallexample
11721 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11722 @end smallexample
11723
11724 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
11725 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
11726
11727 @smallexample
11728 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11729 @end smallexample
11730
11731 @noindent
11732 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
11733 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
11734 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
11735
11736 The default is false.
11737 @end deftypevr
11738
11739 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
11740 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
11741 is displayed at the end of the help output:
11742
11743 @quotation
11744 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
11745 optional for any corresponding short options.
11746 @end quotation
11747
11748 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
11749 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
11750 @end deftypevr
11751
11752 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
11753 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
11754
11755 @smallexample
11756 @group
11757 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11758 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11759 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11760 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11761 @end group
11762 @end smallexample
11763 @end deftypevr
11764
11765 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
11766 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
11767
11768 @smallexample
11769 @group
11770 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11771 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11772 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11773 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11774 @end group
11775 @end smallexample
11776 @end deftypevr
11777
11778 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
11779 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
11780 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
11781 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
11782 the description of @option{--format} option:
11783
11784 @smallexample
11785 @group
11786 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
11787
11788 FORMAT is one of the following:
11789
11790 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
11791 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
11792 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
11793 posix same as pax
11794 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
11795 v7 old V7 tar format
11796 @end group
11797 @end smallexample
11798
11799 @noindent
11800 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
11801 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
11802 will look as follows:
11803
11804 @smallexample
11805 @group
11806 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
11807
11808 FORMAT is one of the following:
11809
11810 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
11811 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
11812 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
11813 posix same as pax
11814 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
11815 v7 old V7 tar format
11816 @end group
11817 @end smallexample
11818 @end deftypevr
11819
11820 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
11821 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
11822
11823 @smallexample
11824 @group
11825 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11826 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11827 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11828 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11829 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
11830 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
11831 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
11832 @end group
11833 @end smallexample
11834
11835 @noindent
11836 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
11837 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
11838 @end deftypevr
11839
11840 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
11841 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
11842 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
11843 following text:
11844
11845 @verbatim
11846 Main operation mode:
11847
11848 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
11849 an archive
11850 -c, --create create a new archive
11851 @end verbatim
11852 @noindent
11853 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
11854
11855 The default value is 1.
11856 @end deftypevr
11857
11858 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
11859 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
11860 output. Default is 12.
11861 @end deftypevr
11862
11863 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
11864 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
11865 @end deftypevr
11866
11867 @node Fixing Snapshot Files
11868 @appendix Fixing Snapshot Files
11869 @include tar-snapshot-edit.texi
11870
11871 @node Tar Internals
11872 @appendix Tar Internals
11873 @include intern.texi
11874
11875 @node Genfile
11876 @appendix Genfile
11877 @include genfile.texi
11878
11879 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
11880 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
11881 @include freemanuals.texi
11882
11883 @node Copying This Manual
11884 @appendix Copying This Manual
11885
11886 @menu
11887 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
11888 @end menu
11889
11890 @include fdl.texi
11891
11892 @node Index of Command Line Options
11893 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
11894
11895 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
11896 options. The options are listed without the preceding double-dash.
11897 For a cross-reference of short command line options, @ref{Short Option Summary}.
11898
11899 @printindex op
11900
11901 @node Index
11902 @appendix Index
11903
11904 @printindex cp
11905
11906 @summarycontents
11907 @contents
11908 @bye
11909
11910 @c Local variables:
11911 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
11912 @c End:
This page took 0.627561 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.